--- /dev/null
+#
+# Makefile.ad
+#
+# Author: Pekka Riikonen <priikone@silcnet.org>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 - 2005 Pekka Riikonen
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.0 no-dependencies foreign
+
+SUBDIRS = \
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_APPS
+ apps \
+#endif SILC_DIST_APPS
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_LIB
+ lib \
+#endif SILC_DIST_LIB
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+ irssi \
+#endif SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SERVER
+ silcd \
+#endif SILC_DIST_SERVER
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+ silc \
+ win32 \
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_INCLUDES
+ includes \
+#endif SILC_DIST_INCLUDES
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_DOC
+ doc
+#endif SILC_DIST_DOC
+
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+ silcdefs.h.in \
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SILC
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+ README.CVS README.WIN32 README.MACOSX silcer tutorial \
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+ libtoolfix \
+ CHANGES CREDITS
+#endif SILC_DIST_SILC
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SILC
+#
+# Installing of SILC into the system
+#
+
+install-dirs:
+ -mkdir -p $(etcdir)
+ -mkdir -p $(modulesdir)
+ -mkdir -p $(docdir)
+
+doc-install:
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/CodingStyle $(docdir)/
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/FAQ $(docdir)/
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/*.txt $(docdir)/
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/COPYING $(docdir)/
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/CHANGES $(docdir)/
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/CREDITS $(docdir)/
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/README* $(docdir)/
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/INSTALL $(docdir)/
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/TODO $(docdir)/
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SIM
+sim-install:
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/lib/silcsim/*.so $(modulesdir)/
+#endif SILC_DIST_SIM
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+install-dirs-client: install-dirs
+ -mkdir -p $(helpdir)
+ -mkdir -p $(mandir)/man1
+
+doc-install-client: doc-install
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/irssi/silc.conf $(docdir)/example_silc.conf
+ -@if test -f $(srcdir)/doc/silc.1 ; then \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/silc.1 $(mandir)/man1; \
+ fi
+
+etc-install-client:
+ -@if test '!' -d $(srcdir)/irssi ; then \
+ if test '!' -f $(etcdir)/silc.conf ; then \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/irssi/silc.conf \
+ $(etcdir)/silc.conf; \
+ fi; \
+ fi
+#endif SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SERVER
+install-dirs-server: install-dirs
+ -mkdir -p $(logsdir)
+ -mkdir -p $(mandir)/man5
+ -mkdir -p $(mandir)/man8
+
+doc-install-server: doc-install
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/example_silcd.conf $(docdir)/
+ -@if test -f $(srcdir)/doc/silcd.8 ; then \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/silcd.8 $(mandir)/man8; \
+ fi
+ -@if test -f $(srcdir)/doc/silcd.conf.5 ; then \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/silcd.conf.5 $(mandir)/man5; \
+ fi
+
+etc-install-server:
+ -@if test '!' -f $(etcdir)/silcd.conf ; then \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/example_silcd.conf \
+ $(etcdir)/silcd.conf; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/silcalgs.conf \
+ $(etcdir)/silcalgs.conf; \
+ chmod go= $(etcdir)/silcd.conf; \
+ fi
+
+examples-install:
+ -mkdir -p $(docdir)/examples/
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/examples/README $(docdir)/examples/
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/examples/silc* $(docdir)/examples/
+
+generate-server-key:
+ -@if test '!' -f $(etcdir)/silcd.pub ; then \
+ $(sbindir)/silcd -C $(etcdir); \
+ fi
+#endif SILC_DIST_SERVER
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+toolkit-install:
+ -mkdir -p $(docdir)/toolkit/
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/doc/toolkit/* $(docdir)/toolkit
+ -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/lib/doc/*.gif $(docdir)/toolkit
+ -cp -R $(srcdir)/tutorial $(prefix)
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+
+install-data-hook: \
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+ install-dirs-client \
+ doc-install-client \
+ etc-install-client \
+#endif SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SERVER
+ install-dirs-server \
+ doc-install-server \
+ etc-install-server \
+ examples-install \
+ generate-server-key \
+#endif SILC_DIST_SERVER
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+ toolkit-install \
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SIM
+ sim-install
+#endif SILC_DIST_SIM
+
+include $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.defines.in
+
+#endif SILC_DIST_SILC
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Makefile.defines.pre
+#
+# Author: Pekka Riikonen <priikone@poseidon.pspt.fi>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2001 Pekka Riikonen
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+
+#
+# This file is intended to include all common compilation defines for the
+# SILC source tree. All Makefile.ams in the SILC source tree are expected
+# to include this file (Makefile.defines.in). Also this file may be included
+# in any external project that is included in the SILC source tree.
+#
+# Add following to your Makefile.am:
+#
+# include $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.defines.in
+#
+# All packages in the SILC source tree that include the Makefile.defines.in
+# must also include the following two lines in their configure.in file.
+#
+# INCLUDE_DEFINES_INT="include \$(top_srcdir)/Makefile.defines_int"
+# AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_DEFINES_INT)
+#
+# (See the Makefile.defines_int.pre for all different definitions but DO NOT
+# directly include that file!)
+#
+
+@INCLUDE_DEFINES_INT@
+
+#
+# INCLUDE defines
+#
+INCLUDES = $(ADD_INCLUDES) $(SILC_CFLAGS) -DHAVE_SILCDEFS_H \
+ -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_srcdir) \
+ -I$(silc_top_srcdir) $(SILC_LIB_INCLUDES) \
+ -I$(silc_top_srcdir)/includes \
+ -I$(silc_top_srcdir)/doc
+
+#
+#includes-install: Makefile
+# for i in $(include_HEADERS); do s=$(srcdir)/$$i;
+#d=$(silc_top_srcdir)/includes/$$i; \
+# ln $$s $$d 2>/dev/null || (rm -f $$d; cp -p $$s $$d;); \
+# done;
+#
+#all-local: includes-install
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Makefile.defines_int.pre
+#
+# Author: Pekka Riikonen <priikone@poseidon.pspt.fi>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Pekka Riikonen
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+
+#
+# Internal file for definitions. This is read by Makefile.defines. DO NOT
+# include this file directly to your Makefile.ams.
+#
+
+#
+# Generic definitions
+#
+silc_top_srcdir=@SILC_TOP_SRCDIR@
+silc_install_prefix=@prefix@
+
+#
+# Common libraries that are linked against the created executable
+#
+SILC_COMMON_LIBS= @LIBS@ -L$(silc_top_srcdir)/lib -lsilc
+
+#
+# Common compilation flags
+#
+SILC_CFLAGS=@CFLAGS@
+
+#
+# SILC Library includes
+#
+SILC_LIB_INCLUDES=@SILC_LIB_INCLUDES@
+
+#
+# Installation defines
+#
+silc_etcdir=@ETCDIR@
+silc_modulesdir=@MODULESDIR@
+silc_helpdir=@HELPDIR@
+silc_docdir=@DOCDIR@
+silc_logsdir=@LOGSDIR@
+etcdir = $(DESTDIR)$(silc_etcdir)
+modulesdir = $(DESTDIR)$(silc_modulesdir)
+helpdir = $(DESTDIR)$(silc_helpdir)
+docdir = $(DESTDIR)$(silc_docdir)
+logsdir = $(DESTDIR)$(silc_logsdir)
+mandir = $(DESTDIR)@mandir@
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Makefile.ad
+#
+# Author: Pekka Riikonen <priikone@silcnet.org>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2005 Pekka Riikonen
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.0 no-dependencies foreign
+
+SUBDIRS = \
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_AUTODIST
+ autodist
+#endif SILC_DIST_AUTODIST
--- /dev/null
+Authors of SILC Autodist.
+
+Pekka Riikonen <priikone@iki.fi>
--- /dev/null
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+ 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
+NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
--- /dev/null
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
+unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+These are generic installation instructions.
+
+ The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+ It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. (Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.)
+
+ If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+ The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You only need
+`configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using
+a newer version of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+ 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+ `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
+ using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
+ `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
+ `configure' itself.
+
+ Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
+ messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+ 2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+ 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+ the package.
+
+ 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+ documentation.
+
+ 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+ source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
+ files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+ a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
+ also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+ for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
+ all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+ with the distribution.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the
+`configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' for
+details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+ You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
+is an example:
+
+ ./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix
+
+ *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
+supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+ If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH'
+variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a
+time in the source code directory. After you have installed the
+package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring
+for another architecture.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
+`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
+installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
+option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
+
+ You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
+give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX', the package will
+use PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+
+ In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+ If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+ For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically,
+but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on.
+Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_
+architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a
+message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+ CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+ OS KERNEL-OS
+
+ See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+ If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+ If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you
+can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default
+values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
+
+ ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script). Here is a another example:
+
+ /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
+Here the `CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash' operand causes subsequent
+configuration-related scripts to be executed by `/bin/bash'.
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+ Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+ Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+ script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+ Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+ traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+ disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+ Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+ Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
+ suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+ messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+ Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
+ `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Makefile.am
+#
+# Author: Pekka Riikonen <priikone@silcnet.org>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2005 Pekka Riikonen
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.0 no-dependencies foreign
+
+SUBDIRS = . doc tests
+
+AUTODIST_SOURCE = autodist.in makedist.in
+bin_SCRIPTS = autodist makedist
+
+autodistdir = @AUTODISTDIR@
+autodist_DATA = autodist.conf default COPYING
+
+CLEANFILES = $(bin_SCRIPTS)
+
+APIVERSION = @APIVERSION@
+# Install versioned links.
+install-exec-hook:
+ @for i in $(bin_SCRIPTS); do \
+ f="`echo $$i | sed '$(transform)'`"; \
+ fv="$$f-$(APIVERSION)"; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$fv; \
+ chmod +x $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f; \
+ chmod a-w $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f; \
+ ln $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$fv; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-hook:
+ @for i in $(bin_SCRIPTS); do \
+ f="`echo $$i|sed '$(transform)'`"; \
+ fv="$$f-$(APIVERSION)"; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$fv; \
+ done
+
+EXTRA_DIST = $(AUTODIST_SOURCE) default autodist.conf
--- /dev/null
+Autodist
+
+The Autodist is a source distribution management system that allows
+powerful mechanisms to define what is included in and excluded from a
+distribution, and what license the distribution is released under. It is
+also used to create the actual distribution source packages. Autodist
+allows distribution management in file, directory and file content level.
+Different distributions may include different portions of files, for
+example, excluding certain features from certain distributions. It is
+always guaranteed that anything not defined for the distribution, is
+removed automatically (files, file content, directories), thus ensuring
+that nothing is accidentally included in the distribution.
+
+Autodist is closely related to the Autoconf and Automake tools, and
+complements the features Autoconf and Automake provides. It is especially
+targeted into circumstances where multiple distributions are created from
+one source tree. The Autoconf and Automake environment is mainly designed
+for one application per one source tree situations. Autodist provides
+mechanisms to create all kinds of distributions that can be created from
+one source tree. To be able to use Autodist, the Autoconf and Automake
+must be installed into the system.
+
+The motivation behind Autodist stems from need to be able to create
+multiple distributions from one large source tree in a precise and
+controllable manner. The Autoconf and Automake provides mere basic
+control what is included in and excluded from distributions and how the
+distributions are created. They also do not provide mechanism to define
+different licensing conditions for different distributions, or changing
+the license automatically for different user or customer purposes. Many
+large software projects, companies and corporations have commonly been
+using Autoconf and Automake tools, but have had the need to create their
+own ad-hoc mechanisms to control distribution creation. The Autodist
+attempts to provide a tool that any size software project or company can
+effectively use to manage their distributions.
+
+Autodist is not a binary packaging system. It is specificly used to
+create source distributions. A binary packaging system, however can be
+hooked to the distribution creation process, if needed.
+
+Read the INSTALL file on how to install the Autodist. Refer info pages
+for Autodist documentation by giving 'info autodist'. Mail suggestions
+and/or patches to autodist@silcnet.org, and bugs to
+autodist-bugs@silcnet.org. Please, always include the Autodist version
+number to your email. Give 'autodist --version' to get version.
+
+Autodist was originally written for the SILC Project (Secure Internet Live
+Conferencing), which needed controlled mechanism to create several
+distinct distributions from one source tree.
+
--- /dev/null
+# Autodist configuration file
+
+# By default distdef prefix is '_DIST_'. To add your own prefix set the
+# prefix here. NOTE: Remember to change all 'define' directives in
+# distributions to use the new prefix if you change it. Example:
+#
+# DISTPREFIX="SILC"
+#
+# Will set the distdef prefix as 'SILC_DIST_'.
+#
+DISTPREFIX=""
+
+# The distdef header will be created by the Autodist. It need to be included
+# in the source code in order for the preprocessor to respect distdef
+# conditionals in source code. Example:
+#
+# DISTDEFS="include/distdefs.h"
+#
+DISTDEFS="distdefs.h"
+
+# Location of the aclocal tool. If this is omitted the Autodist will not
+# run aclocal. User need to run it manually then.
+#
+ACLOCAL="aclocal"
+
+# Location of the autoheader tool. If this is omitted the Autodist will not
+# run autoheader. User need to run it manually then.
+#
+AUTOHEADER="autoheader"
+
+# Location of the autoconf tool. If this is omitted the Autodist will not
+# run autoconf. User need to run it manually then.
+#
+AUTOCONF="autoconf"
+
+# Location of the automake tool. If this is omitted the Autodist will not
+# run automake. User need to run it manually then.
+#
+AUTOMAKE="automake -a"
+
+# Location of the libtoolize tool. This option should be omitted if your
+# source tree does not use libtool.
+#
+LIBTOOLIZE="libtoolize --automake --copy"
+
+# Location of the make program. This must be specified in order to be
+# able to create distributions.
+#
+MAKE="make"
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Author: Pekka Riikonen <priikone@silcnet.org>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2005 Pekka Riikonen
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+# met:
+#
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+# products derived from this software without specific prior written
+# permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+# OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
+# NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+# TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+# PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+# NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+# SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+
+###############################################################################
+# Global variables
+
+# Packaging and compressing
+ad_gzip=true
+ad_bzip2=false
+ad_compress=false
+ad_zip=false
+
+# Distribution subdirectory
+distdir="distdir"
+am_distdir=
+
+# This current distribution
+distribution=default
+distfile=$distribution
+dist_version=0.0
+package=
+bug_report=
+
+# All inherited distributions in this distribution
+inherits=
+
+# All distribution defines for this distribution
+distdefs=
+
+# All distribution undefines for this distribution
+undistdefs=
+
+# All distribution options
+options=
+opt_template=false
+opt_no_dist=false
+opt_no_inherit=false
+
+# All includes
+includes=
+
+# All excludes
+excludes=
+
+# All noprocesses
+noprocess=
+
+# All pre, post pre-dist and post-dist hooks
+pre_hooks=
+post_hooks=
+pre_dist_hooks=
+post_dist_hooks=
+
+# Distribution license and license header
+license=
+licenseh=
+
+# Whether to output ad_debug information
+debug=false
+
+# Autodist version
+ver=@VERSION@
+
+###############################################################################
+# Configuration file
+if test -f "$distdir/autodist.conf"; then
+ . $distdir/autodist.conf
+fi
+
+DP=$DISTPREFIX
+
+
+###############################################################################
+# Functions
+
+#
+# Print out debug information if debugging is enabled. To enable debugging
+# set the global variable "debug" to true value.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_debug <ad_debug string>
+#
+ad_debug()
+{
+ if test x$debug = xtrue; then
+ set -f
+ echo autodist: $1
+ set +f
+ fi
+}
+
+#
+# Prints out error message and exits the script.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_fatal <error message>
+#
+ad_fatal()
+{
+ set -f
+ echo autodist: error: $1
+ set +f
+ exit 1
+}
+
+#
+# Prints out warning message
+#
+# Arguments: ad_warning <warning message>
+#
+ad_warning()
+{
+ set -f
+ echo autodist: warning: $1
+ set +f
+}
+
+#
+# Initializes the Autodist environment, creates default distribution
+# directory, and default distribution.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_initialize
+#
+ad_initialize()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_initialize"
+
+ # Create default distdir
+ if test '!' -f $distdir; then
+ mkdir -p $distdir
+ fi
+
+ # Create Autodist configuration file
+ if test -f @AUTODISTDIR@/autodist.conf; then
+ cp -p @AUTODISTDIR@/autodist.conf $distdir
+ fi
+
+ # Create default distribution
+ if test -f @AUTODISTDIR@/default; then
+ cp -p @AUTODISTDIR@/default $distdir
+ fi
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_initialize"
+}
+
+#
+# Creates the distdefs header file including defined distdefs
+#
+# Arguments: ad_create_distdefs_h
+#
+ad_create_distdefs_h()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_create_distdefs_h"
+
+ fname=$DISTDEFS
+ rm -f $fname
+ echo "/*" > $fname
+ echo " Automatically generated by Autodist $ver. Do not edit." >> $fname
+ echo >> $fname
+ echo " Generated: `date` by `whoami`" >> $fname
+ echo " Distribution: $distribution" >> $fname
+ echo " License: $license" >> $fname
+ echo "*/" >> $fname
+ echo >> $fname
+ echo "#ifndef _"$DP"_DISTDEFS_H" >> $fname
+ echo "#define _"$DP"_DISTDEFS_H" >> $fname
+ echo >> $fname
+
+ for i in $distdefs
+ do
+ echo "#define $i 1" >>$fname
+ done
+
+ echo >> $fname
+ echo "#endif /* _"$DP"_DISTDEFS_H */" >> $fname
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_create_distdefs_h"
+}
+
+#
+# Creates the main configure script for the distribution. This runs
+# the aclocal, autoheader and autoconf tools.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_make_configure
+#
+ad_make_configure()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_make_configure"
+ local run_autoconf=false
+
+ rm -f configure
+
+ if test "$ACLOCAL"; then
+ ad_debug "Running aclocal"
+ $ACLOCAL 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
+ if test $? != 0; then
+ ad_fatal "aclocal failed"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$AUTOCONF"; then
+ ad_debug "Running autoconf"
+ $AUTOCONF
+ if test $? != 0; then
+ ad_fatal "autoconf failed"
+ fi
+ run_autoconf=true
+ fi
+
+ if test "$AUTOHEADER"; then
+ ad_debug "Running autoheader"
+ $AUTOHEADER
+ if test $? != 0; then
+ ad_fatal "autoheader failed"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$LIBTOOLIZE"; then
+ ad_debug "Running libtoolize"
+ $LIBTOOLIZE
+ if test $? != 0; then
+ ad_fatal "libtoolize failed"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test x$run_autoconf = xtrue; then
+ if test '!' -f configure; then
+ ad_fatal "creating configure script failed"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_make_configure"
+}
+
+#
+# Creates the configure.ac script from the configure.ad fragments in
+# the source tree. Takes the source configure file as argument which
+# is used to create the actual configure.ac.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_make_configure_ac <configure_ac_source>
+#
+ad_make_configure_ac()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_make_configure_ac: $1"
+
+ if test '!' -f $1; then
+ ad_fatal "The configure file '$1' does not exist"
+ fi
+
+ local check="`cat $1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -e "AD_INIT"`"
+ if test -z $check; then
+ rm -f configure.ad.cfs
+ rm -f $fname $fname.tmp
+ ad_fatal "The 'AD_INIT' macro has not been set in configure.ac"
+ fi
+
+ rm -f configure.ac configure.ad.cfs
+
+ cfs=`find . -name configure\*\.ad`
+ for i in $cfs
+ do
+ if test "x$i" = "x$1"; then
+ continue
+ fi
+ ad_debug "including $i"
+ cat $i >> configure.ad.cfs
+ done
+
+ if test -f configure.ad.cfs; then
+ local check="`cat $1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" | grep -e "AD_INCLUDE_CONFIGURE"`"
+ if test -z $check; then
+ rm -f configure.ad.cfs
+ ad_warning "configure.ad fragments found but 'AD_INCLUDE_CONFIGURE' is not set"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Header for configure.ac
+ fname="configure.tmp.ac"
+ echo "# Automatically generated by Autodist $ver. Do not edit." > $fname
+ echo "# To make changes edit the $i file in the source tree." >> $fname
+ echo >> $fname
+ echo "# Source: $i" >> $fname
+ echo "# Generated: `date` by `whoami`" >> $fname
+ echo "# Distribution: $distribution" >> $fname
+ echo "# License: $license" >> $fname
+ echo >> $fname
+
+ ad_debug "creating configure.ac"
+ if test -f configure.ad.cfs; then
+ sed '/AD_INCLUDE_CONFIGURE/ r configure.ad.cfs' $1 > $fname.tmp
+ sed -e "/AD_INCLUDE_CONFIGURE/s///" $fname.tmp >> $fname
+ rm -f configure.ad.cfs $fname.tmp
+ else
+ cat $1 >> $fname.tmp
+ fi
+
+ # Process AD_INIT
+ sed -e "/AD_INIT/s//AC_INIT([$distribution], [$dist_version], [$bug_report], [$package])/" $fname > $fname.tmp
+
+ # Process for distribution
+ rm -f $fname
+ ad_process_file $fname.tmp $fname
+
+ # Remove any trailing backslashes
+ if test -f "$fname"; then
+ cat $fname | sed -e :a -e '/\\$/N; s/\\\n//; ta' > configure.ac
+ else
+ cp -p $fname.tmp configure.ac
+ fi
+ rm -f $fname $fname.tmp
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_make_configure_ac: $1"
+}
+
+#
+# Creates the Makefile.in files by running the automake tool.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_make_makefile_ins
+#
+ad_make_makefile_ins()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_make_makefile_ins"
+
+ if test "$AUTOMAKE"; then
+ ad_debug "Running automake"
+ $AUTOMAKE
+ if test $? != 0; then
+ ad_fatal "automake failed"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_make_makefile_ins"
+}
+
+#
+# Creates the Makefile.am files from the Makefile.ad files in the
+# source tree. This runs the distribution specific processing for the
+# Makefile.ad files.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_make_makefile_ams
+#
+ad_make_makefile_ams()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_make_makefile_ams"
+
+ files=`find . -name Makefile\.ad`
+ for ff in $files
+ do
+ fname=`echo $ff | sed s/\.ad//`
+
+ # Header for the Makefile.am
+ echo "# Automatically generated by Autodist $ver from Makefile.ad. Do not edit." > $fname.am
+ echo "# To make changes edit the $ff file in the source tree." >> $fname.am
+ echo >> $fname.am
+ echo "# Source: $ff" >> $fname.am
+ echo "# Generated: `date` by `whoami`" >> $fname.am
+ echo "# Distribution: $distribution" >> $fname.am
+ echo "# License: $license" >> $fname.am
+ echo >> $fname.am
+
+ # Run the distribution processing for this Makefile.ad
+ ad_debug "Processing $ff to be $fname.am"
+ ad_process_file $ff $fname.tmp
+
+ # Remove any trailing backslashes
+ if test -f "$fname.tmp"; then
+ cat $fname.tmp | sed -e :a -e '/\\$/N; s/\\\n//; ta' >> $fname.am
+ else
+ cat $ff >> $fname.am
+ fi
+
+ rm -f $fname.tmp
+ done
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_make_makefile_ams"
+}
+
+#
+# Processes all files with .ad suffix, with exception of configure*.ad
+# and Makefile.ad files, for distribution from the source tree.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_process_ads
+#
+ad_process_ads()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_process_ads"
+
+ files=`find . -name \*\.ad \! -name configure\*\.ad \! -name Makefile\.ad`
+ for i in $files
+ do
+ fname=`echo $i | sed s/\.ad//`
+
+ # Header
+ echo "# Automatically generated by Autodist $ver. Do not edit." > $fname
+ echo "# To make changes edit the $i file in the source tree." >> $fname
+ echo >> $fname
+ echo "# Source: $i" >> $fname
+ echo "# Generated: `date` by `whoami`" >> $fname
+ echo "# Distribution: $distribution" >> $fname
+ echo "# License: $license" >> $fname
+ echo >> $fname
+
+ # Run the distribution processing for this file
+ ad_debug "Processing $i to be $fname"
+ ad_process_file $i $fname
+ done
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_process_ads"
+}
+
+#
+# Includes files specified in the distribution for inclusion. Used when
+# creating the distribution for packaging.
+#
+# include has the following format in distfile:
+#
+# include <path> [<dest path>]
+#
+# If only source path, which may be file, directory or regular expression,
+# is specified the path will be same in distribution. If the destination
+# path is specified that will be the new name and/or new location of the
+# source path. This, in effect, is a cp utility with ability to create
+# directories if they do not exist.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_dist_includes <includeslist> <recursive>
+#
+ad_dist_includes()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_dist_includes: $1 $2"
+
+ # By default do not expand pathnames
+ set -f
+
+ # Add : separator at the end
+ local incs="`echo "$1" | sed 's/$/ : /'`"
+
+ src=
+ dst=
+ for i in $incs
+ do
+ if test "$i" = ":" && test -z "$src"; then
+ continue
+ fi
+ if test -z "$src"; then
+ src=$i
+ continue
+ fi
+ if test -z "$dst" && test "$i" != ":"; then
+ dst=$i
+ else
+ dst=$src
+ fi
+
+ ad_debug "Including $src into $dst"
+
+ if test -f "$src"; then
+ # Add file
+
+ if test "$src" = "$dst"; then
+ # Add to same location
+ d=`echo $src | sed 's,/[^/]*$,,'`
+ if test "$d" != "$src" && test "$d" != "." && \
+ test '!' -d $am_distdir/$d; then
+ mkdir -p $am_distdir/$d || exit 1
+ fi
+ else
+ # Add to different location
+ check=`echo "$dst" | sed 's/?//; s/*//; s/\[//; s/\]//'`
+ if test "$check" != "$dst"; then
+ ad_fatal "Invalid destination in 'include $src $dst'"
+ fi
+
+ d=`echo $dst | sed 's,/[^/]*$,,'`
+ if test "$d" != "$dst" && test "$d" != "." && \
+ test '!' -d $am_distdir/$d; then
+ mkdir -p $am_distdir/$d || exit 1
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ cp -p $src $am_distdir/$d || exit 1
+
+ elif test -d "$src"; then
+ # Add directory
+
+ if test "$src" = "$dst"; then
+ # Add to same location
+ d=`echo $src | sed 's,/[^/]*$,,'`
+ ds=`echo $src | sed 's/\/$//'`
+ if test "$ds" = "$d"; then
+ d=`echo $d | sed 's,/[^/]*$,,'`
+ fi
+ if test '!' -d $am_distdir/$d && test "$ds" != "$d"; then
+ mkdir -p $am_distdir/$d || exit 1
+ fi
+
+ cp -pR $src $am_distdir/$d || exit 1
+ else
+ # Add to different location
+ check=`echo "$dst" | sed 's/?//; s/*//; s/\[//; s/\]//'`
+ if test "$check" != "$dst"; then
+ ad_fatal "Invalid destination in 'include $src $dst'"
+ fi
+
+ d=`echo $dst | sed 's,/[^/]*$,,'`
+ ds=`echo $dst | sed 's/\/$//'`
+ if test "$ds" = "$d"; then
+ d=`echo $d | sed 's,/[^/]*$,,'`
+ fi
+ if test '!' -d $am_distdir/$d && test "$dst" != "$d"; then
+ mkdir -p $am_distdir/$d || exit 1
+ fi
+
+ cp -pR $src $am_distdir/$dst || exit 1
+ fi
+
+ elif test x$2 != xtrue; then
+ # We assume regular expression in filename
+ check=`echo "$src" | sed 's/?//; s/*//; s/\[//; s/\]//'`
+ if test "$check" == "$src"; then
+ if test '!' -a $src; then
+ ad_fatal "Including $src: No such file or directory"
+ fi
+ src=
+ dst=
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ # Recursively call this function with expanded pathnames. The
+ # reason why we don't let sh by default expand patnames is that
+ # the include's destination is optional. If sh expands by default
+ # we don't know the destination. For this reason, we handle the
+ # expansion here ourselves.
+
+ # If src and dst are same, then expand the pathname as we'll copy
+ # matches to their own locations.
+ if test "$src" = "$dst"; then
+ # Expand pathnames, and format to our include format
+ set +f
+ srcs=`echo $src | sed -e 's/ / : /g' -e 's/^/ : /'` || exit 1
+ set -f
+ else
+ # Destination is new, and it has to be a directory.
+ check=`echo "$dst" | sed 's/?//; s/*//; s/\[//; s/\]//'`
+ if test "$check" != "$dst"; then
+ ad_fatal "Invalid destination in 'include $src $dst'"
+ fi
+
+ # Make sure dst has / at the end, as this must be a directory
+ dst=`echo $dst | sed 's/\/$//; s/$/\//'`
+
+ # Escape dst for sed
+ dste=`echo $dst | sed 's/\\//\\\\\//g'` || exit 1
+
+ # Expand pathnames, and format to our include format
+ set +f
+ srcs=`echo $src | sed -e "s/ / $dste : /g" \
+ -e 's/^/ : /' -e "s/$/ $dste/"` || exit 1
+ set -f
+ fi
+
+ # Include recursively
+ ad_dist_includes "$srcs" true
+
+ elif test '!' -a $src; then
+ ad_fatal "Including $src: No such file or directory"
+ fi
+
+ src=
+ dst=
+ done
+
+ set +f
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_dist_includes: $1 $2"
+}
+
+#
+# Excludes files specified in the distribution for exclusion. Used when
+# creating the distribution for packaging.
+#
+# exclude has the following format in distfile:
+#
+# exclude <path>
+#
+# The path may be file, directory or regular expression.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_dist_includes <excludelist>
+#
+ad_dist_excludes()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_dist_excludes: $1"
+
+ for i in $1
+ do
+ ad_debug "Excluding $i"
+ rm -rf $am_distdir/$i
+ done
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_dist_excludes: $1"
+}
+
+#
+# Processes the entire tree for distribution. This inspects files other
+# than source and header files, with exception of any file with .ad
+# suffix, and performs distribution processing for the file. The original
+# file is replaced with the processed file. This function is used when
+# creating the distribution for packaging.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_process_tree <directory>
+#
+ad_process_tree()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_process_tree: $1"
+
+ # We take all files, other than *.ad, including source files, in case
+ # they use the non-C-compiler-friendly format of distdefs, which is
+ # possible.
+
+ files=`find $am_distdir \! -name \*\.ad`
+ files=`echo $files | sed 's/$am_distdir//'`
+
+ # Take away noprocess list
+ if test -f autodist.noprocess; then
+ files=`echo $files | sh autodist.noprocess` || exit 1
+ fi
+
+ for ff in $files
+ do
+ ad_process_file $ff $ff.tmp
+ if test -f $ff.tmp; then
+ rm -f $ff || exit 1
+ mv -f $ff.tmp $ff || exit 1
+ fi
+ done
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_process_tree: $1"
+}
+
+#
+# Processes the entire source tree for distribution. This inspects files
+# in the source tree, with exception of any file with .ad suffix, and
+# performs distribution processing for the file. The original file is
+# replaced with the processed file. This function is used when creating
+# the distribution for packaging.
+#
+# Call this before ad_process_tree().
+#
+# Arguments: ad_process_source_tree <directory>
+#
+ad_process_source_tree()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_process_source_tree: $1"
+
+ # We take only C/C++ files since they use the C compiler friendly
+ # version of distdefs. Other files are not assumed to use them.
+ files=`find $am_distdir \! -name \*\.ad \( \
+ -name \*\.[cC] -o \
+ -name \*\.[cC][cCpP] -o \
+ -name \*\.[cC][xX][xX] -o \
+ -name \*\.[cC][pP][pP] -o \
+ -name \*\.[cC]++ -o \
+ -name \*\.m -o \
+ -name \*\.[hH] -o \
+ -name \*\.hh \)`
+
+ # Take away noprocess list
+ if test -f autodist.noprocess; then
+ files=`echo $files | sh autodist.noprocess` || exit 1
+ fi
+
+ for ff in $files
+ do
+ ad_process_source_file $ff $ff.tmp
+ if test -f $ff.tmp; then
+ rm -f $ff || exit 1
+ mv -f $ff.tmp $ff || exit 1
+ fi
+ done
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_process_source_tree: $1"
+}
+
+#
+# Makes distribution sane, ala modtimes. Since we modify the distribution
+# we need to make it sane after that.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_makedist_makesane
+#
+ad_makedist_makesane()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_makedist_makesane:"
+
+ # DO NOT change these order unless you know what you are doing.
+ if test -f $am_distdir/configure.ac; then
+ touch $am_distdir/configure.ac
+ fi
+
+ if test -f $am_distdir/aclocal.m4; then
+ touch $am_distdir/aclocal.m4
+ fi
+
+ if test '!' -f Makefile; then
+ ad_fatal "Makefile: No such file or directory"
+ fi
+
+ configh=`grep "^CONFIG_HEADER" Makefile | cut -d= -f2 | sed 's/^[ \t]//'`
+ touch $am_distdir/$configh.in 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
+
+ files=`find $am_distdir -name Makefile\.in`
+ for i in $files
+ do
+ touch $i
+ done
+
+ if test -f $am_distdir/configure; then
+ touch $am_distdir/configure
+ fi
+
+ if test -f $am_distdir/config.status; then
+ touch $am_distdir/config.status
+ fi
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_makedist_makesane:"
+}
+
+#
+# Creates distribution of the source tree. All files in the distribution
+# will be processed and the distribution will be packaged.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_makedist
+#
+ad_makedist()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_makedist"
+
+ if test '!' -f autodist.dist; then
+ ad_fatal "Autodist has not been run yet to prepare source tree"
+ fi
+
+ if test -z $MAKE; then
+ ad_fatal "The MAKE variable is not set in autodist.conf"
+ fi
+
+ # Get distdir from Makefile
+ if test '!' -f Makefile; then
+ ad_fatal "The source tree is not configured, run ./configure first"
+ fi
+
+ # Parse the requested distribution
+ distribution=`cat autodist.dist | grep "dist:" | cut -d: -f2`
+ dist_version=`cat autodist.dist | grep "ver:" | cut -d: -f2`
+ ad_parse_distribution $distribution false
+ ad_process_distdefs
+ am_distdir="$package-$dist_version"
+
+ if test x$opt_no_dist = xtrue; then
+ ad_fatal "The '$distribution' distribution cannot be packaged"
+ fi
+
+ # Create distribution directory
+ ad_debug "Creating distribution directory $am_distdir"
+ $MAKE distdir || exit 1
+ chmod -R a+r $am_distdir
+
+ if test '!' -d $am_distdir; then
+ ad_fatal "Distribution directory $am_distdir not created"
+ fi
+
+ # Run pre-dist-hooks
+ ad_run_dist_hooks "$pre_dist_hooks"
+
+ # Run excludes
+ ad_dist_excludes "$excludes"
+
+ # Run includes
+ ad_dist_includes "$includes"
+
+ # Include specific license file if specified
+ if test "$license" != ""; then
+ cp -p $license $am_distdir/COPYING || exit 1
+ fi
+
+ # Process noprocesses
+ ad_process_noprocess
+
+ # Process source files
+ ad_debug "Process distribution source tree"
+ ad_process_source_tree $am_distdir
+
+ # Process non-source files
+ ad_debug "Process distribution tree"
+ ad_process_tree $am_distdir
+
+ # Run post-dist-hooks
+ ad_run_dist_hooks "$post_dist_hooks"
+
+ # Make distribution sane
+ ad_makedist_makesane
+
+ # Package
+ ad_debug "Packaging distribution"
+ tar chof $am_distdir.tar $am_distdir || exit 1
+
+ # Compress
+ ad_debug "Compressing distribution package"
+ if test x$ad_gzip = xtrue; then
+ gzip -9 -c $am_distdir.tar > $am_distdir.tar.gz || exit 1
+ fi
+ if test x$ad_bzip2 = xtrue; then
+ bzip2 -9 -c $am_distdir.tar > $am_distdir.tar.bz2 || exit 1
+ fi
+ if test x$ad_compress = xtrue; then
+ compress -c $am_distdir.tar > $am_distdir.tar.Z || exit 1
+ fi
+ if test x$ad_zip = xtrue; then
+ rm -f $am_distdir.zip
+ zip -rq $am_distdir.zip $am_distdir || exit 1
+ fi
+ rm -f $am_distdir.tar
+
+ # Cleanup
+ rm -rf $am_distdir
+ rm -f autodist.noprocess
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_makedist"
+}
+
+#
+# Handles distribution options.
+#
+# option has the following format in distfile:
+#
+# option <option>
+#
+# Following options are supported:
+#
+# template
+# no-dist
+# no-inherit
+#
+# Arguments: ad_handle_options <options>
+#
+ad_handle_options()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_handle_options: $1"
+
+ for i in $1
+ do
+ if test "$i" = "template"; then
+ opt_template=true
+ continue
+ elif test "$i" = "no-dist"; then
+ opt_no_dist=true
+ continue
+ elif test "$i" = "no-inherit"; then
+ opt_no_inherit=true
+ continue
+ fi
+ done
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_handle_options: $1"
+}
+
+#
+# Clears set options
+#
+# Arguments: ad_clear_options
+#
+ad_clear_options()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_clear_options"
+ opt_template=false
+ opt_no_dist=false
+ opt_no_inherit=false
+ ad_debug "<ad_clear_options"
+}
+
+#
+# Parses the distribution. Gets all distribution defines from the
+# distribution. This also expands all inherited distributions recursively
+# to get all inherited distribution defines. From inherited distributions
+# their name and package name is not inherited.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_parse_distribution <distribution name> <inherit>
+#
+ad_parse_distribution()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_parse_distribution: $1 $2"
+
+ if test '!' -f $distdir/$1; then
+ ad_fatal "Distribution '$1' is not declared"
+ fi
+
+ # Get inherited
+ local inhs=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "inherit " | cut -d' ' -f2 | sort | uniq`
+
+ # Get distdefs
+ local defs=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "define " | cut -d' ' -f2 | sort | uniq`
+
+ if test "$inhs" = "" && test "$defs" = ""; then
+ ad_fatal "Distribution '$1' does not define anything"
+ fi
+
+ # Get undefined distdefs
+ local undefs=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "undef " | cut -d' ' -f2 | sort | uniq`
+
+ # Get includes
+ local incs=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "include " | sed 's/include / : /'`
+
+ # Get excludes
+ local excs=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "exclude " | cut -d' ' -f2- | sort | uniq`
+
+ # Get noprocesses
+ local nops=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "noprocess " | cut -d' ' -f2- | sort | uniq`
+
+ # Get options
+ local opts=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "option " | cut -d' ' -f2- | sort | uniq`
+
+ # Check options
+ ad_handle_options "$opts"
+ if test x$2 = xtrue && test x$opt_no_inherit = xtrue; then
+ ad_fatal "Distribution '$1' cannot be inherited"
+ fi
+ if test x$2 = xfalse && test x$opt_template = xtrue; then
+ ad_fatal "Template distribution '$1' cannot be prepared or packaged"
+ fi
+
+ ad_debug "inherits=$inhs"
+ ad_debug "distdefs=$defs"
+ ad_debug "includes=$incs"
+ ad_debug "excludes=$excs"
+ ad_debug "noprocess=$nops"
+ ad_debug "undistdefs=$undefs"
+ ad_debug "options=$opts"
+
+ # Expand distdefs from inherited distributions
+ for i in $inhs
+ do
+ if test x$1 = x$i; then
+ ad_fatal "Infinite recursion detected. Fix the '$distdir/$1' \
+ distribution to not have 'inherit $i' declared."
+ fi
+
+ if test '!' -f $distdir/$i; then
+ ad_fatal "Distribution '$i' is not declared (inherited from '$1')"
+ fi
+
+ ad_parse_distribution $i true
+ ad_clear_options
+ done
+
+ # Get license
+ license=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "license " | cut -d' ' -f2`
+ licenseh=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "license-header " | sed 's/license-header / : /'`
+
+ ad_debug "license=$license"
+ ad_debug "licenseh=$licenseh"
+
+ if test x$2 = xfalse; then
+ # Get distribution name
+ local dname=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "name " | cut -d' ' -f2-`
+
+ if test "$dname"; then
+ distribution=$dname
+ fi
+
+ # Get distribution package name (optional)
+ local dpname=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "package " | cut -d' ' -f2`
+
+ if test "$dpname"; then
+ package=$dpname
+ else
+ package=$distribution
+ fi
+
+ # Get Bug-report email address (optional)
+ local bugr=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "bug-report " | cut -d' ' -f2-`
+
+ if test "$bugr"; then
+ bug_report=$bugr
+ fi
+
+ ad_debug "distribution=$distribution"
+ ad_debug "package=$package"
+ ad_debug "bug-report=$bug_report"
+
+ # Get hooks (optional)
+ local prh=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "pre-hook " | cut -d' ' -f2-`
+ local poh=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "post-hook " | cut -d' ' -f2-`
+ local prdh=`cat $distdir/$1 | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "pre-dist-hook " | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | cut -d' ' -f2-`
+ local podh=`cat $distdir/$1 | grep -v "^#" \
+ | grep "post-dist-hook " | sed 's/^[ ]*//' | cut -d' ' -f2-`
+
+ pre_hooks="$pre_hooks $prh"
+ post_hooks="$post_hooks $poh"
+ pre_dist_hooks="$pre_dist_hooks $prdh"
+ post_dist_hooks="$post_dist_hooks $podh"
+ options="$options $opts"
+
+ ad_handle_options "$options"
+ ad_debug "options=$options"
+ fi
+
+ # Return to caller
+ inherits="$inherits $inhs"
+ distdefs="$distdefs $defs"
+ includes="$includes $incs"
+ excludes="$excludes $excs"
+ noprocess="$noprocess $nops"
+ undistdefs="$undistdefs $undefs"
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_parse_distribution: $1 $2"
+}
+
+#
+# Processes parsed distdefs. Removes duplicates, and undefined distdefs
+# from the distdefs.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_process_distdefs
+#
+ad_process_distdefs()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_process_distdefs"
+
+ # Remove all undefined distribution defines
+ for i in $undistdefs
+ do
+ ad_debug "undefining $i distdef"
+ distdefs=`echo $distdefs | sed s/$i//`
+ done
+
+ rm -f autodist.tmp.defs autodist.pre.hooks autodist.post.hooks
+ rm -f autodist.pre.dist.hooks autodist.post.dist.hooks
+
+ # Remove duplicate distdefs
+ for i in $distdefs
+ do
+ echo $i >>autodist.tmp.defs
+ done
+ distdefs=`cat autodist.tmp.defs | sort | uniq`
+ distdefs=`echo $distdefs`
+ rm -f autodist.tmp.defs
+
+ ad_debug "distdefs=$distdefs"
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_process_distdefs"
+}
+
+#
+# Processes for a license header change.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_process_license_header <scriptfile>
+#
+ad_process_license_header()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_process_license_header"
+
+ # Add : separator at the end
+ lics=`echo "$licenseh" | sed 's/$/ : /'`
+
+ src=
+ dst=
+ for i in $lics
+ do
+ if test "$i" = ":" && test -z "$src"; then
+ continue
+ fi
+ if test -z "$src"; then
+ src=$i
+ continue
+ fi
+ if test -z "$dst" && test "$i" != ":"; then
+ dst=$i
+ else
+ ad_fatal "Missing argument in 'license-header $src'"
+ fi
+
+ ad_debug "Replacing $src license with $dst license"
+
+ if test '!' -f $src; then
+ ad_fatal "License header $src: No such file or directory"
+ fi
+
+ if test '!' -f $dst; then
+ ad_fatal "License header $dst: No such file or directory"
+ fi
+
+ # Awk script to replace the license header
+ fl=`sed q $src | sed 's/\\//\\\\\//g' > autodist.lsrc` || exit 1
+ ll=`sed -n '$p' $src | sed 's/\\//\\\\\//g' > autodist.ldst` || exit 1
+ echo "/`cat autodist.lsrc`/,/`cat autodist.ldst`/ { FILE1=\"$src\"; FILE2=\"$dst\"; getline F1 < FILE1; getline F2 < FILE2; if (F1) sub(F1, F2); else { F1=\"\$\"; sub(F1, F2); } }" >> $1
+ rm -f autodist.lsrc autodist.ldst
+
+ src=
+ dst=
+ done
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_process_license_header"
+}
+
+#
+# Process specified noprocesses. This is called during makedist.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_process_noprocess
+#
+ad_process_noprocess()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_process_noprocess"
+ local np=false
+
+ local n="sed "
+
+ for i in $noprocess
+ do
+ # Escape
+ ie=`echo $i | sed 's/\\//\\\\\//g'` || exit 1
+
+ n="$n -e 's/$am_distdir\\/$ie//'"
+ np=true
+ done
+
+ rm -f autodist.noprocess
+ if test x$np = xtrue; then
+ echo $n > autodist.noprocess || exit 1
+ fi
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_process_noprocess"
+}
+
+#
+# Process a file given as argument for the distribution.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_process_file <filepath> <dest_filepath>
+#
+ad_process_file()
+{
+ local found=false
+
+ # Process only regular files
+ if test '!' -f $1; then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ ad_debug ">ad_process_file: $1 $2"
+
+ local f="autodist.tmp.script"
+ rm -f $f
+
+ # If license header is provided, replace the license header in the file.
+ ad_process_license_header $f
+
+ ad_debug "Getting #ifdef's and #ifndef's"
+
+ # Get defined distribution defines
+ local defs=`awk "/^#ifdef "$DP"_DIST_|^#else "$DP"_DIST_/ { print; }" \
+ $1 |cut -d'*' -f2 |cut -d' ' -f2 | sort | uniq`
+
+ # Get explicitly not-defined distribution defines
+ local ndefs=`awk "/^#ifndef "$DP"_DIST_|^#else !"$DP"_DIST_/ { print; }" \
+ $1 |cut -d'*' -f2 |cut -d' ' -f2 | cut -d'!' -f2 | sort | uniq`
+
+ ad_debug "defs=$defs"
+ ad_debug "ndefs=$ndefs"
+
+ # Create the script to include and exclude stuff in the file according
+ # to the distribution defines
+
+ # ifdefs
+ ad_debug "processing ifdefs"
+ for d in $defs
+ do
+ found=false
+ for i in $distdefs
+ do
+ if test x$d = x$i; then
+ found=true
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # If distribution define was not found exclude those lines from the file.
+ # This also handles the #ifdef's #else (ie. #ifndef) branch.
+ if test x$found = xfalse; then
+ ad_debug "ifdef $d will be excluded (it is NOT defined)"
+ echo "/^#ifdef $d/,/^#else !$d|^#endif $d/ { next; }" >> $f
+ else
+ echo "/^#else !$d/,/^#endif $d/ { next; }" >> $f
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # ifndefs
+ ad_debug "processing ifndefs"
+ for d in $ndefs
+ do
+ found=false
+ for i in $distdefs
+ do
+ if test x$d = x$i; then
+ found=true
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # If distribution define was found exclude those lines from the file.
+ # This also handles the #ifndef's #else (ie. #ifdef) branch.
+ if test x$found = xtrue; then
+ ad_debug "ifndef $d will be excluded (it IS defined)"
+ echo "/^#ifndef $d/,/^#else $d|^#endif $d/ { next; }" >> $f
+ else
+ echo "/^#else $d/,/^#endif $d/ { next; }" >> $f
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # Now process the file with the script
+ if test -f $f; then
+
+ # Those distdef lines that remain in the file are removed to make
+ # the appearance prettier
+ echo "/^#ifdef "$DP"_DIST_|^#endif "$DP"_DIST_|^#else "$DP"_DIST_|^#else !"$DP"_DIST_|^#ifndef "$DP"_DIST_/ { next; }" >> $f
+ echo "{ print; }" >> $f
+
+ # Execute the script
+ cp -p $1 $2 || exit 1
+ awk -f $f $1 > $2 || exit 1
+ fi
+
+ rm -f $f
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_process_file: $1 $2"
+}
+
+#
+# Process a source file given as argument for the distribution.
+#
+# Arguments: ad_process_source_file <filepath> <dest_filepath>
+#
+ad_process_source_file()
+{
+ local found=false
+
+ # Process only regular files
+ if test '!' -f $1; then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ ad_debug ">ad_process_source_file: $1 $2"
+
+ local f="autodist.tmp.script"
+ rm -f $f
+
+ # If license header is provided, replace the license header in the file.
+ ad_process_license_header $f
+
+ ad_debug "Getting #ifdef's and #ifndef's"
+
+ # Get defined distribution defines
+ local defs=`awk '/^#ifdef SILC_DIST_|^#else \/\* SILC_DIST_/ { print; }' \
+ $1 |cut -d'*' -f2 |cut -d' ' -f2 | sort | uniq`
+
+ # Get explicitly not-defined distribution defines
+ local ndefs=`awk '/^#ifndef SILC_DIST_|^#else \/\* \!SILC_DIST_/ { print; }' \
+ $1 |cut -d'*' -f2 |cut -d' ' -f2 | cut -d'!' -f2 | sort | uniq`
+
+ ad_debug "defs=$defs ndefs=$ndefs"
+
+ # Create the script to include and exclude stuff in the file according
+ # to the distribution defines
+
+ # ifdefs
+ ad_debug "processing ifdefs"
+ for d in $defs
+ do
+ found=false
+ for i in $distdefs
+ do
+ if test x$d = x$i; then
+ found=true
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # If distribution define was not found exclude those lines from the file.
+ # This also handles the #ifdef's #else (ie. #ifndef) branch.
+ if test x$found = xfalse; then
+ ad_debug "ifdef $d will be excluded (it is NOT defined)"
+ echo "/^#ifdef $d/,/^#else \/\* \!$d|^#endif \/\* $d/ { next; }" >> $f
+ else
+ echo "/^#else \/\* \!$d/,/^#endif \/\* $d/ { next; }" >> $f
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # ifndefs
+ ad_debug "processing ifndefs"
+ for d in $ndefs
+ do
+ found=false
+ for i in $distdefs
+ do
+ if test x$d = x$i; then
+ found=true
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # If distribution define was found exclude those lines from the file.
+ # This also handles the #ifndef's #else (ie. #ifdef) branch.
+ if test x$found = xtrue; then
+ ad_debug "ifndef $d will be excluded (it IS defined)"
+ echo "/^#ifndef $d/,/^#else \/\* $d|^#endif \/\* $d/ { next; }" >> $f
+ else
+ echo "/^#else \/\* $d/,/^#endif \/\* $d/ { next; }" >> $f
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # Now process the file with the script
+ if test -f $f; then
+
+ # Those distdef lines that remain in the file are removed to make
+ # the appearance prettier
+ echo "/^#ifdef SILC_DIST_|^#endif \/\* SILC_DIST_|^#else \/\* SILC_DIST_|^#else \/\* \!SILC_DIST_|^#ifndef SILC_DIST_/ { next; }" >> $f
+ echo "{ print; }" >> $f
+
+ # Execute the script
+ cp -p $1 $2 || exit 1
+ awk -f $f $1 > $2 || exit 1
+ fi
+
+ rm -f $f
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_process_source_file: $1 $2"
+}
+
+#
+# Run hooks
+#
+# Arguments: ad_run_hooks <hooks>
+#
+ad_run_hooks()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_run_hooks: $1"
+
+ for i in $1
+ do
+ if test '!' -f $i; then
+ ad_fatal "Hook script $i does not exist"
+ fi
+ sh $i $distribution $dist_version $package || exit 1
+ done
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_run_hooks: $1"
+}
+
+#
+# Run dist hooks
+#
+# Arguments: ad_run_dist_hooks <hooks>
+#
+ad_run_dist_hooks()
+{
+ ad_debug ">ad_run_dist_hooks: $1"
+
+ for i in $1
+ do
+ if test '!' -f $i; then
+ ad_fatal "Dist hook script $i does not exist"
+ fi
+ sh $i $distribution $dist_version $package $am_distdir || exit 1
+ done
+
+ ad_debug "<ad_run_dist_hooks: $1"
+}
+
+###############################################################################
+# Autodist code
+
+usage="Usage: autodist [options] [distribution] [version]"
+help="\
+Autodist prepares source tree for configuration, compilation and
+distribution. Prepares the source tree from the \`autodist.ad'
+configuration file. Generates Automake.am files from Automake.ad
+files, configure.ac file from configure.ad file(s), generates the
+configure script by running Autoconf tool, and generates Makefile.in
+files by running Automake tool.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -V, --version print version number, then exit
+ -v, --verbose verbosely report processing
+ -d, --distdir <dir> search distributions from <dir>
+ -s, --distdefs [<dist>] print distribution defines of <dist>, then exit
+ -i, --init initialize Autodist environment, create default
+ distribution directory and distribution, then exit
+ -m, --makedist create and package distribution
+ --gzip create package compressed with gzip (default)
+ --bzip2 create also package compressed with bzip2
+ --compress create also package compressed with compress
+ --zip create also package compressed with zip"
+
+#
+# Process command line arguments
+#
+while test $# -gt 0; do
+ case "${1}" in
+
+ -d |--distdir)
+ shift;
+ test $# -eq 0 && { echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ distdir="${1}";
+ shift;;
+
+ --list)
+ exit 0;;
+
+ -s | --distdefs)
+ shift;
+ if test $# -eq 0; then
+ ad_parse_distribution $distribution false
+ echo "Distribution: ${distribution}" 1>&2;
+ else
+ ad_parse_distribution $1 false
+ echo "Distribution: ${1}" 1>&2;
+ fi
+ ad_process_distdefs
+ echo "Distdefs:" 1>&2;
+ echo "${distdefs}";
+ exit 0;;
+
+ -i | --init)
+ ad_initialize;
+ exit 0;;
+
+ -m | --makedist)
+ ad_makedist
+ exit 0;;
+
+ --gzip)
+ ad_gzip=true
+ shift;;
+
+ --bzip2)
+ ad_bzip2=true
+ shift;;
+
+ --compress)
+ ad_compress=true
+ shift;;
+
+ --zip)
+ ad_zip=true
+ shift;;
+
+ -v | --verbose)
+ debug=true
+ shift;;
+
+ -h | --help | --h*)
+ echo "${usage}" 1>&2;
+ echo 1>&2;
+ echo "${help}" 1>&2;
+ echo 1>&2;
+ exit 0;;
+
+ -V | --version)
+ echo "@PACKAGE@ (@PACKAGE_NAME@) $ver" 1>&2;
+ echo "Written by Pekka Riikonen" 1>&2;
+ echo 1>&2;
+ echo "Copyright (C) 2004 - 2005 SILC Project" 1>&2;
+ echo "\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. " 1>&2;
+ exit 0;;
+
+ --)
+ shift;
+ break;;
+
+ -*)
+ echo "${usage}" 1>&2;
+ exit 1;;
+
+ *)
+ break;;
+
+ esac
+done
+
+#
+# Parse the requested distribution
+#
+if test $# != 0; then
+ distribution="${1}";
+ distfile=$distribution
+ shift
+fi
+ad_parse_distribution $distribution false
+ad_process_distdefs
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+ dist_version="${1}";
+fi
+
+ad_debug "Preparing source tree for configuration and compilation..."
+ad_debug "Preparing $distribution distribution version $dist_version"
+
+#
+# Create the distribution defines header file
+#
+if test "$DISTDEFS"; then
+ ad_create_distdefs_h
+else
+ ad_fatal "DISTDEFS not defined in $distdir/autodist.conf"
+fi
+
+#
+# Run pre-hooks
+#
+ad_run_hooks "$pre_hooks"
+
+#
+# Generate the Makefile.am files from Makefile.ad files
+#
+ad_make_makefile_ams
+
+#
+# Generate the configure.ac from configure.ad file(s)
+#
+ad_make_configure_ac ./configure.ad
+
+#
+# Generate configure script
+#
+ad_make_configure
+
+#
+# Generate Makefile.in files
+#
+ad_make_makefile_ins
+
+#
+# Process all files with .ad suffix for distribution processing
+#
+ad_process_ads
+
+#
+# Create autodist.dist
+#
+ad_debug "Creating autodist.dist"
+echo "dist:$distfile" > autodist.dist
+echo "ver:$dist_version" >> autodist.dist
+echo "$package-$dist_version" >> autodist.dist
+
+#
+# Run post-hooks
+#
+ad_run_hooks "$post_hooks"
+
+ad_debug "Done, now run ./configure and make."
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_AUTODIST
+#
+# apps/autodist/configure.ad
+#
+# Author: Pekka Riikonen <priikone@silcnet.org>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2005 Pekka Riikonen
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+
+# The APIVERSION is appended to the filename, to give versioned name.
+# The base version (X.Y) is taken.
+APIVERSION=`echo "$VERSION" | sed -e 's/^\([[0-9]]*\.[[0-9]]*[[a-z]]*\).*$/\1/'`
+AC_SUBST(APIVERSION)
+
+old_exec_prefix=$exec_prefix
+old_prefix=$prefix
+exec_prefix=$silc_prefix
+prefix=$silc_prefix
+
+# Path to the autodist in installed environment
+s_bindir=`eval echo $bindir`;s_bindir=`eval echo $s_bindir`
+AUTODIST=$s_bindir/autodist
+AC_SUBST(AUTODIST)
+
+# Path to the Autodist data
+s_datadir=`eval echo $datadir`;s_bindir=`eval echo $s_datadir`
+AUTODISTDIR=$s_datadir/autodist
+AC_SUBST(AUTODISTDIR)
+
+exec_prefix=$old_exec_prefix
+prefix=$old_prefix
+
+#
+# Makefile outputs
+#
+AC_CONFIG_FILES(
+apps/autodist/Makefile
+apps/autodist/autodist
+apps/autodist/makedist
+apps/autodist/doc/Makefile
+apps/autodist/tests/Makefile
+)
+#endif SILC_DIST_AUTODIST
--- /dev/null
+# Default distribution
+#
+# NOTE: By default, this distribution cannot be packaged. Take away the
+# 'no-dist option if you whish to use this as a normal distribution.
+#
+# If you add new distributions into distdir/ you may want to inherit them
+# here.
+#
+option no-dist
+define _DIST_DEFAULT
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Makefile.am
+#
+# Author: Pekka Riikonen <priikone@silcnet.org>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2005 Pekka Riikonen
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+
+info_TEXINFOS = autodist.texi
+autodist_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi
--- /dev/null
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename autodist.info
+@settitle autodist
+@setchapternewpage off
+@c %**end of header
+
+@include version.texi
+
+@copying
+
+This manual is for SILC Autodist (version @value{VERSION},
+@value{UPDATED}), a program which is used to manage and create source
+distributions.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 2004 - 2005 Pekka Riikonen, SILC Project
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
+Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
+being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
+(a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
+``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
+
+(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and
+modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software. Copies
+published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
+@acronym{GNU} development.''
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@dircategory Software development
+@direntry
+* autodist: (autodist). Managing and creating source distributions.
+@end direntry
+
+@dircategory Individual utilities
+@direntry
+* makedist: (autodist)Invoking makedist. Creating distribution
+@end direntry
+
+@titlepage
+@title SILC Autodist
+@subtitle For version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
+@author Pekka Riikonen
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+@end titlepage
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@top SILC Autodist
+
+@insertcopying
+
+@menu
+* Introduction:: Purpose of Autodist
+* Integrating Autodist:: Integrating Autodist into your project
+* Invoking Autodist:: Running Autodist
+* Examples:: Examples using Autodist
+
+@detailmenu
+ --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+Introduction
+
+* Motivation:: Reasons for using Autodist
+
+Integrating Autodist
+
+* Creating distdir:: Creating distributions directory
+* autodist.conf:: Configuring Autodist
+* Creating new distribution:: Adding new distribution
+* Distribution file format:: Detailed document for distfile format
+* configure.ad files:: configure script for creating configure.ac
+* Makefile.ad files:: Makefile.ad for creating Makefile.am
+* Other .ad files:: Other files with .ad suffix
+* Distdefines:: Using distdefs in files
+
+Invoking Autodist
+
+* Preparing source tree:: Preparing source tree with Autodist
+* Creating distribution:: Creating distribution with Autodist
+
+Examples
+
+* Single distribution tree:: Single distribution example
+* Multiple distribution tree:: Multiple distributions example
+
+@end detailmenu
+@end menu
+
+@end ifnottex
+
+
+@node Introduction
+@chapter Introduction
+
+The Autodist is a source distribution management system that allows
+powerful mechanisms to define what is included in and excluded from a
+distribution, and what license the distribution is released under. It is
+also used to create the actual distribution source packages. Autodist
+allows distribution management in file, directory and file content level.
+Different distributions may include different portions of files, for
+example, excluding certain features from certain distributions. It is
+always guaranteed that anything not defined for the distribution, is
+removed automatically (files, file content, directories), thus ensuring
+that nothing is accidentally included in the distribution.
+
+The Autodist creates 'Makefile.am' files from 'Makefile.ad' files and
+'configure.ac' file from one or more 'configure.ad' files. Any other file
+ending with '.ad' suffix will also be processed. The processed file will
+have the '.ad' suffix removed (@pxref{Preparing source tree, , , , }).
+Autodist also creates and packages the distribution using common GNU
+distribution creation process, specificly `make dist'. Autodist, however,
+controls this process and during packaging phase the Autodist processes
+all files in the distribution (other than '*.ad' files, which has already
+been processed earlier by Autodist). The resulted package is a processed
+source distribution package, processed according to the rules specified
+in the distribution file(s) (@pxref{Creating distribution, , , , }).
+
+Any file in the source tree may use distdefs (distribution defines (@pxref{Distdefines, , , , })) which are defined in the distributions. When distribution
+is packaged only the files, directories and file content that is either
+outside of any distdef, or inside the defined distdefs will be included
+in the distribution. Any other file, directory or content in the file
+will be removed. It is guaranteed, if a file, a directory or a piece of
+file content is not inside a defined distdef it will not be delivered to
+the distribution.
+
+Any file, 'Makefile.am', 'configure.ac', or source file processed with
+Autodist is always compliant with the tools needed to process them. All
+files can also be processed with the corresponding tools even before
+processing them with Autodist. This makes it possible, for example, to
+compile sources before they have been processed, and undefined lines
+are removed. The distdefs are respected in source files by the
+preprocessor.
+
+Autodist is not a binary packaging system. It is specificly used to
+create source distributions. A binary packaging system, however can be
+hooked to the distribution creation process, if needed.
+
+@menu
+* Motivation:: Reasons for using Autodist
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Motivation
+@section Reasons for using Autodist
+
+Autodist is closely related to the Autoconf and Automake tools, and
+complements the features Autoconf and Automake provides. It is especially
+targeted into circumstances where multiple distributions are created from
+one source tree. The Autoconf and Automake environment is mainly designed
+for one distribution (one application) per one source tree situations.
+Autodist provides mechanisms to create all kinds of distributions that can
+be created from one source tree. To be able to use Autodist, the Autoconf
+and Automake must be installed into the system (@pxref{Integrating Autodist, , , , }).
+Autoconf version must be at least 2.52g.
+
+Small software projects usually do very well with Autoconf and Automake
+and their distribution management features. Often these projects do not
+need Autodist, though they can benefit from it. However, if your software
+project is large, you need to create multiple distributions from one source
+tree, you have complex licensing terms for different distributions, you
+have different target users or customers that may require different
+feature set or licenses in different distributions, you have need to
+continue concurrent development in the main source tree and still be able
+to create stable distributions, and/or you have need to control file
+content in different distributions (to avoid distributing code or features
+that aren't supposed to be distributed, or to avoid leaking information
+to your competitors on what new features you are working on), then Autodist
+is a tool you may find usefull.
+
+The motivation behind Autodist stems from need to be able to create
+multiple distributions from one large source tree in a precise and
+controllable manner, and guarantee that anything that is not part of the
+distribution is removed from the distribution. The Autoconf and Automake
+provides mere basic control what is included in and excluded from
+distributions and how the distributions are created. They also do not
+provide mechanism to define different licensing conditions for different
+distributions, or changing the license automatically for different user
+or customer purposes. Many large software projects, companies and
+corporations have commonly been using Autoconf and Automake tools, but
+have had the need to create their own ad-hoc mechanisms to control
+distribution creation. The Autodist attempts to provide a tool that any
+size software project can effectively use to manage their distributions.
+
+Without a tool like Autodist, large software projects usually has to be
+split into separate source trees, which may not always be possible because
+they may share large portions of common code (which may further make
+concurrent development of the applications hard), or multiple Autoconf and
+Automake environments (multiple configure scripts) needs to be created
+in one source tree. In this case the source tree usually gets very
+complicated and controlling what is compiled and what is included in
+distributions becomes harder, especially when different parts code is shared
+between applications and libraries.
+
+
+@node Integrating Autodist
+@chapter Integrating Autodist
+
+Integrating Autodist into existing software project can be a very simple
+task or a fairly complicated task. It depends on the size and complexity
+of the software project. Generally speaking, integrating Autodist into
+software project is fairly straightforward process:
+
+1. The distributions directory and 'default' distribution are created
+
+2. The 'configure.ad' is created
+
+3. If needed, 'Makefile.ad' file(s) are created
+
+After this the Autodist can already be used to prepare the source tree
+for configuration and compilation (@pxref{Preparing source tree, , , , }).
+Adding a new distribution would then allow the actual distribution
+packaging also.
+
+If the software project has had own ad-hoc distribution system already in
+place, it may take some work to move from that system into the Autodist.
+If there are multiple applications and distributions created from the
+source tree, the distributions and distribution defines for them need to
+be created. While this may be unthankful job, it only needs to be done
+once.
+
+Integrating Autodist into a new software project is a very simple task as
+renaming 'configure.ac' and possibly 'Makefile.am' files are not required,
+as they may not exist yet.
+
+
+@menu
+* Creating distdir:: Creating distributions directory
+* autodist.conf:: Configuring Autodist
+* Creating new distribution:: Adding new distribution
+* Distribution file format:: Detailed document for distfile format
+* configure.ad files:: configure script for creating configure.ac
+* Makefile.ad files:: Makefile.ad for creating Makefile.am
+* Other .ad files:: Other files with .ad suffix
+* Distdefines:: Using distdefs in files
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Creating distdir
+@section Creating distributions directory
+
+The distributions directory is 'distdir', which is expected to be
+located in the root of the source tree. This directory will hold all
+the distribution files, and the Autodist configuration file 'autodist.conf' (@pxref{autodist.conf, , , , }).
+If this directory does not exist it can be created with the Autodist.
+
+@example
+ autodist -i
+@end example
+
+This will create the 'distdir' and copy the default 'autodist.conf'
+configuration file and the 'default' distribution into the directory.
+The 'default' distribution will be used by default by the Autodist
+unless other distribution is specified.
+
+After this the Autodist has effectively been integrated into the
+software project. However, usually after this, one would create new
+distributions, the 'configure.ad' and possibly 'Makefile.ad' file(s).
+Without 'configure.ad' file a distribution package cannot be created.
+However, even without 'configure.ad' file the source tree can be
+prepared for configuration and compilation (@pxref{Preparing source tree, , , , }).
+
+@menu
+* autodist.conf:: Configuring Autodist
+@end menu
+
+
+@node autodist.conf
+@section Configuring Autodist
+
+After the Autodist has been integrated into the software by creating
+the 'distdir', the 'autodist.conf' configuration file was added to the
+'distdir' also. Usually software projects will want to modify some of
+the 'autodist.conf' options, mainly specifying the distdef prefix.
+
+The 'autodist.conf' is a text file. The following options are available
+in 'autodist.conf':
+
+
+@example
+DISTPREFIX=""
+@end example
+
+By default the distdef prefix is '_DIST_'. To add own software package
+specific prefix the 'DISTPREFIX' can be defined.
+
+Example:
+@example
+DISTPREFIX="SILC"
+@end example
+
+Will set the distdef prefix as 'SILC_DIST_'.
+
+
+@example
+DISTDEFS="distdefs.h"
+@end example
+
+The 'DISTDEFS' option specifies the file name of the distdef header file
+which Autodist will create. The software project should '#include' the
+header file in order for the preprocessor to respect the distdef
+conditionals (@pxref{Distdefines, , , , }). By default the file name
+is 'distdefs.h' and is created at the root of source tree. Other location
+may be specified if needed.
+
+Example:
+@example
+DISTDEFS="include/distdefs.h"
+@end example
+
+
+@example
+ACLOCAL="aclocal"
+@end example
+
+The 'ACLOCAL' specifies the location of the 'aclocal' tool. If Autodist
+should not run 'aclocal' this option may be removed or set to empty value.
+User need to then run it manually.
+
+
+@example
+AUTOHEADER="autoheader"
+@end example
+
+The 'AUTOHEADER' specifies the location of the 'autoheader' tool. If
+Autodist should not run 'autoheader' this option may be removed or set
+to empty value. User need to then run it manually.
+
+@example
+AUTOCONF="autoconf"
+@end example
+
+The 'AUTOCONF' specifies the location of the 'autoconf' tool. If
+Autodist should not run 'autoconf' this option may be removed or set
+to empty value. User need to then run it manually.
+
+
+@example
+AUTOMAKE="automake -a -c"
+@end example
+
+The 'AUTOMAKE' specifies the location of the 'automake' tool. If
+Autodist should not run 'automake' this option may be removed or set
+to empty value. User need to then run it manually. By default, the
+'-a' and '-c' options are given to 'automake' to add any missing required
+files.
+
+
+@example
+LIBTOOLIZE="libtoolize --automake -c"
+@end example
+
+The 'LIBTOOLIZE' specifies the location of the 'libtoolize' tool.
+This option should be removed or ste to empty value if 'libtool' is not
+used in the source tree.
+
+
+@example
+MAKE=make
+@end example
+
+The 'MAKE' specifies the location of the 'make' program. This option must
+be set to valid value in order to create distributions.
+
+
+@menu
+* Creating new distribution:: Adding new distribution
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Creating new distribution
+@section Creating new distribution
+
+After the Autodist has been integrated into the software project by
+creating the 'distdir' and 'default' distribution, the source tree
+can be prepared for configuration and compilation (@pxref{Preparing source tree, , , , }). However, the 'default' distribution should be used only as
+a development distribution. Usually it is used to prepare the raw source
+tree (such as a tree just checkout
+from CVS) for configuration and compilation. By default, the 'default'
+distribution cannot be packaged. However, if the software project is
+small (one distribution), it may be convenient to edit the 'default'
+distribution to be as the distribution that is packaged from the source
+tree. In software project where multiple distributions are created using
+the 'default' only as a development distribution is recommended. The
+real distributions should be defined as separate distributions.
+
+Creating a new distribution is a simple process. Each distribution
+is placed in the 'distdir' and the file name of the distribution file is
+used to reference to it. By default, the distribution name is the
+file name of the distribution file. The actual distribution file is
+a simple text file with various directives that define the distribution.
+
+If the 'default' distribution is used as a development distribution it
+might be desired to inherit some or all of the created distributions in
+it, so that development becomes possible with the 'default' distribution.
+Adding 'inherit' directive into the 'distdir/default' will inherit the
+specified distribution.
+
+
+@menu
+* Distribution file format:: Detailed document for distfile format
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Distribution file format
+@section Distribution file format in detail
+
+The distribution file, or distfile from now on, defines your distribution,
+distribution defines, options, included and excluded files and
+directories, license, and additional processing. Each distribution is
+defined in a separate file and the distributions are referenced by
+their file name.
+
+The distfile is a text file that contains various directives that define
+the actual distribution. Lines starting with '#' are considered comments
+and are ignored.
+
+
+@section Directive: name <name>
+
+The 'name' directive defines the name of the distribution. It is optional
+directive, and if omitted the distribution name will be the name of the
+distfile.
+
+Example:
+@example
+name FOO Application
+@end example
+
+Will set your distribution name as 'Foo Application'.
+
+
+@section Directive: package <package>
+
+The 'package' directive defines the name of the distribution package. It is
+optional directive, and if omitted the distribution package name will
+be the name of the distribution, if defined, or if omitted, then the name
+of the distfile. If this directive is omitted then normal GNU convention
+is used to decide the package name, derived from the distribution name.
+
+Example:
+@example
+package foo-client
+@end example
+
+Will create distribution packages named, for example, as
+'foo-client-1.0.tar.gz'.
+
+
+@section Directive: bug-report <email address>
+
+The 'bug-report' directive can be used to define the email address where
+the bug-reports for the distribution should be sent. The directive is
+optional. The 'bug-report' email address will be set for the Autoconf
+which will deliver it via AC_INIT macro.
+
+
+@section Directive: license <filename>
+
+The 'license' directive can be used to define the license file for the
+distribution. This directive is optional. The license file will be
+copied into the distribution in the name 'COPYING'. If the 'COPYING'
+file already exist it will be replaced.
+
+Example:
+@example
+license license/GPL
+@end example
+
+Will include the file 'license/GPL' into the distribution in the file
+name 'COPYING'.
+
+
+@section Directive: license-header <current-license> <new-license>
+
+The 'license-header' can be used to re-license your files into a new
+license. This directive is optional. There may be zero or more
+'license-header' directives in distribution. The 'license-header'
+directive will compare the license header that usually appear at the
+start of a file to the <current-license>. If it matches it will
+be replaced with the <new-license>. The license header in the file
+will be replaced and the file will have effectively been re-licensed.
+
+Example:
+@example
+license-header license/BSD-header license/GPL-header
+@end example
+
+Will replace all appearances of the license header in 'license/BSD-header'
+file to the license header in 'license/GPL-header' in any file in the
+distribution. Note that, the header change will be performed when
+the distribution is packaged (@pxref{Creating distribution, , , , }).
+
+With 'license-header' directive you may initially set your files in the
+source tree into what ever license you prefer. However, if you need to
+re-license parts of the source tree in certain distributions the
+'license-header' will achieve this automatically. For example, suppose
+one wants to create two different versions of a library distribution, with
+different feature sets, in two different licenses.
+
+There are several limitations in the current implementation of Autodist
+with the 'license-header' directive:
+
+First limitation is that the header files must have equal amount of lines.
+If the new header file has fewer lines that the current header file, all
+of the lines from the current header will not be replaced. If the new header
+has fewer lines, empty lines must be added to it. If the new header file
+has more lines than the current header file, the extra lines will not appear
+in the replaced header. Basic rule is to always make sure the header file
+has equal amount of lines in them.
+
+Second limitation is in indentation of the header files. It is suggested,
+though not mandatory, that the header files have the same indentation as
+is commonly used in the source tree; if the license header text in a file
+starts at the second character instead of at the start of the line, then
+the header file should start the license text at the second character also.
+If same indentation is not used the appearance of the replaced header
+may not be perfect. While this is a cosmetic issue, one still to remember.
+
+Example current header:
+@example
+--- Start example
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+--- end example
+@end example
+
+Example new header:
+@example
+--- Start example
+ All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the conditions listed in the
+ COPYING file are met.
+
+
+
+--- end example
+@end example
+
+In this example, if the text in the current header file is found in any
+file in the distribution it will be replaced with the new header file.
+Notice that, both header files has same amount of lines (8 lines).
+
+Note that, the current header must match exactly the header used in
+files. Otherwise the replacement will not be complete.
+
+
+@section Directive: inherit <distfile>
+
+The Autodist provides inheritance of distributions. The 'inherit'
+directive is used to define the distribution which will be inherited
+into the distribution. The <distfile> specifies the name of the
+inherited distribution. If the distribution cannot be inherited Autodist
+will give an error.
+
+The 'inherit' will inherit the following information from the distribution:
+distdefs, undefines, includes, excludes and noprocess. Other information
+will not be inherited. If the inherited distribution inherits other
+distributions, they will also be inherited automatically. User should be
+careful when inheriting distributions as it may be possible to create an
+infinite recursion. The Autodist would allow for this and not detect this
+error. Zero or more 'inherit' directives may be set for distribution.
+
+Example:
+@example
+inherit common
+inherit client
+inherit toolkit
+@end example
+
+Will inherit distributions 'common', 'client' and 'toolkit' into this
+distribution. All distdefs, undefines, includes, excludes and noprocesses
+from these distributions are now also part this distribution.
+
+
+@section Directive: define <symbol>
+
+The 'define' directive is used to define the distdef symbols for the
+distribution. This directive is optional, however, all distributions
+should define at least one distdef so that the distribution may be
+controlled with the distdef conditionals in files in the source tree (@pxref{Distdefines, , , , }). By default, the distdef prefix is '_DIST_'. Many
+software projects will want to set their own prefix for the distdefs
+for consistency. The prefix may be defined in the 'autodist.conf' file
+(@pxref{autodist.conf, , , , }).
+
+Example:
+@example
+define _DIST_FOO
+define _DIST_FEATURE_X
+define _DIST_LIBRARY_Y
+@end example
+
+Will define the following distdefs for the distribution: '_DIST_FOO',
+'_DIST_FEATURE_X' and '_DIST_LIBRARY_Y'. These distdefs may then be
+used in the source tree and source code to control what is included in
+or excluded from this distribution.
+
+
+@section Directive: undef <symbol>
+
+The 'undef' directive may be used to explicitly undefine a distdef.
+When inheriting distributions it may be desired to be able undefine
+certain distdefs. This directive is optional.
+
+Example:
+@example
+undef _DIST_FEATURE_Y
+@end example
+
+Will undefine '_DIST_FEATURE_Y' distdef. This distdef will not be part
+of this distribution anymore, even if it is defined in some inherited
+distribution.
+
+
+@section Directive: option <option> [...]
+
+The 'option' directive is used to define various options for the
+distribution. The options can change the behavior of the distribution.
+This directive is optional. One or more options may be defined in one
+'option' directive. Zero or more 'option' directives may be set for
+distribution. The following options are available.
+
+@example
+template
+@end example
+
+When set, the distribution is a template distribution. Templates are
+special distributions which cannot be prepared or packaged with Autodist.
+Templates can only be inherited. Usually, templates are used to define a
+common template distribution for other distributions. Templates may set
+distdefs, undefines, includes and excludes. A large software project
+could have several distributions that share a common base. In this case
+defining the common base as a template distribution and then inheriting
+that distribution makes it easier to manage the distfiles.
+
+@example
+no-dist
+@end example
+
+Distributions with the 'no-dist' option are similar to templates, except
+that they can be prepared with Autodist, but they cannot be packaged.
+These are usually used as a common development distribution, such as the
+'default' distribution created with 'autodist -i'.
+
+@example
+no-inherit
+@end example
+
+If this option is set to normal distributions or distributions with
+'no-dist' option, the distribution cannot be inherited. For template
+this option has no effect. If distribution with this option is inherited
+the Autodist will give an error.
+
+
+@section Directive: include <source> [<destination>]
+
+The 'include' directive can be used to include files or directories into
+the distribution. Sometimes it may be desired to specify included
+files and directories in distribution instead of Makefile.am and
+EXTRA_DIST, especially if there are many distributions that need to
+include specific files and directories. While it would be possible
+to define them in Makefile.ad and use distdef conditionals to define
+which will be included in which distribution, if there are many different
+distributions it may pollute the Makefile.ad unnecessarily.
+
+This directive is optional. The <source> may be a single file, a single
+directory or a regular expression which will match several files and/or
+directories. The <destination> is optional. If it is omitted then
+the <source> will be copied into the same location in the distribution.
+If the <destination> is provided the <source> will be copied into the
+specified location.
+
+Example:
+@example
+include apps/foobar/README README
+include lib/libfoo
+include lib/libfoobar lib/foobarlib
+include doc/foo*
+include scripts/foobar.sh foo.sh
+@end example
+
+Will include the file 'apps/foobar/README' into the top distribution
+directory in the name 'README', the directory 'lib/libfoo' into same
+location in distribution, the directory 'lib/libfoobar' into
+'lib/foobarlib' changing the name of the directory into 'foobarlib',
+the files and directories that match 'doc/foo*' into the same locations
+in distribution, and finally the 'scripts/foobar.sh' into the top
+distribution directory changing the name of the file into 'foo.sh'.
+
+Note that, the 'include' directives will be processed by the Autodist
+only when the distribution is packaged (@pxref{Creating distribution, , , , }). When preparing the source
+tree for configuration and compilation (@pxref{Preparing source tree, , , , })
+the 'include' directives are ignored. This is same behavior as with
+Makefile.am's EXTRA_DIST.
+
+If the included file or directory does not exist the Autodist will
+give an error and stop the distribution creation. If the destination
+file exist, it will be replaced with the included file. If the
+destination directory already exists, the contents of the source
+directory will be copied into the directory. Note that, the directory
+will not be copied into the directory; if the <destination> is specified,
+also the name of the <source> file or directory must be specified,
+otherwise the 'include' will change the name into the one specified.
+
+Example:
+@example
+include lib/libfoo lib
+@end example
+
+In this example the 'lib/libfoo' will be included as 'lib'. If the 'lib'
+already exists, this effectively copies the contents of the 'lib/libfoo'
+into 'lib'. In order to include the directory with same name, the
+name must be specified.
+
+Example:
+@example
+include lib/libfoo lib/libfoo
+include lib/foobar new_lib/foobar
+@end example
+
+This will include the 'lib/libfoo' into 'lib/libfoo' in distribution,
+and 'lib/foobar' into 'new_lib/foobar' in distribution.
+
+
+@section Directive: exclude <filename> [...]
+
+The 'exclude' directive can be used to exclude files and directories from
+the distribution. This directive is optional. This directive is
+processed before processing the 'include' directive. The <filename>
+can be a single file, a single directory or a regular expression that
+will match several files and/or directories.
+
+Example:
+@example
+exclude README
+exclude doc/client*
+@end example
+
+This will exclude the file 'README' and anything that match 'doc/client*'.
+
+
+@section Directive: noprocess <filename> [...]
+
+The 'noprocess' directive can be used to tell Autodist specificly not to
+process a file. The Autodist will not process the file during
+preparation or during distribution packaging. This directive is optional.
+One or more file can be specified in the 'noprocess' directive. Zero or
+more 'noprocess' directives can be used in distribution. The <filename>
+can be a single file, a single directory or a regular expression that
+will match several files and/or directories. If directory is specified
+then all files inside the directory will not be processed.
+
+Example:
+@example
+noprocess autodist.texi
+@end example
+
+Autodist will not process 'autodist.texi' file.
+
+Note that, 'noprocess' directive cannot be used to disallow processing
+of any file with '.ad' suffix.
+
+
+@section Directive: pre-hook <filename> [...]
+
+The 'pre-hook' directive can be used define additional scripts that
+will be run before the source tree is prepared. This directive is
+optional. One or more scripts may be defined in one 'pre-hook' directive.
+Zero or more 'pre-hook' directives may be set for distribution. The
+'pre-hook' hook will be run immediately after invoking Autodist to start
+preparing the source tree for configuration and compilation (@pxref{Preparing source tree, , , , }).
+
+The scripts will get three (3) command line arguments when Autodist
+executes the script: distribution name, distribution version and package
+name of distribution. The script may use these arguments if it needs them.
+
+
+@section Directive: post-hook <filename> [...]
+
+The 'post-hook' directive can be used define additional scripts that
+will be run after the source tree is prepared. This directive is
+optional. One or more scripts may be defined in one 'post-hook' directive.
+Zero or more 'post-hook' directives may be set for distribution. The
+'post-hook' hook will be run immediately after the Autodist has finished
+preparing the source three for configuration and compilation (@pxref{Preparing source tree, , , , }). The Autodist will exit after it has run the
+'post-hook' scripts.
+
+The scripts will get three (3) command line arguments when Autodist
+executes the script: distribution name, distribution version and package
+name of distribution. The script may use these arguments if it needs them.
+
+
+@section Directive: pre-dist-hook <filename> [...]
+
+The 'pre-dist-hook' directive can be used define additional scripts that
+will be run when Autodist has started distribution creation. This directive
+is optional. One or more scripts may be defined in one 'pre-dist-hook'
+directive. Zero or more 'pre-dist-hook' directives may be set for
+distribution. The 'pre-dist-hook' hook will be run immediately after
+the Autodist has created the distribution directory but has not yet
+started any distribution processing.
+
+The scripts will get four (4) command line arguments when Autodist
+executes the script: distribution name, distribution version, package
+name of distribution and destination distribution directory name. The
+script may use these arguments if it needs them.
+
+
+@section Directive: post-dist-hook <filename> [...]
+
+The 'post-dist-hook' directive can be used define additional scripts that
+will be run when Autodist has finished distribution processing. This
+directive is optional. One or more scripts may be defined in one
+'post-dist-hook' directive. Zero or more 'post-dist-hook' directives may
+be set for distribution. The 'post-dist-hook' hook will be run immediately
+after the Autodist has finished processing the destination distribution
+directory but has not yet created the distribution package.
+
+The scripts will get four (4) command line arguments when Autodist
+executes the script: distribution name, distribution version, package
+name of distribution and destination distribution directory name. The
+script may use these arguments if it needs them.
+
+
+@section Example distfile
+
+The following is a simple distfile example. The example assumes that the
+distdefs prefix is 'SILC'.
+
+@example
+# SILC Client distribution
+name SILC Client
+package silc-client
+bug-report silc-client-bugs@@silcnet.org
+inherit common
+inherit platform-unix
+inherit platform-win32
+define SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+define SILC_DIST_CLIENTLIB
+define SILC_DIST_IRSSI
+undef SILC_DIST_MPI
+exclude doc/draft*
+pre-hook scripts/client-pre-run
+post-dist-hook scripts/client-post-dist-run
+post-dist-hook scripts/client-post-dist-kludge
+@end example
+
+@menu
+* configure.ad files:: configure script for creating configure.ac
+@end menu
+
+
+@node configure.ad files
+@section configure.ad files
+
+Autodist creates 'configure.ac' file from the 'configure.ad' file. The
+'configure.ad' file is a rather normal 'configure.ac' except that it accepts
+also Autodist macros. Autodist also supports configure script fragments,
+also named as 'configure.ad'. Any 'configure.ad' file in the source tree
+can be incorporated into the the top 'configure.ad' file. Sometimes it may
+be useful to split a large configure script into smaller fragments.
+Especially in multi distribution system where certain libraries or features
+can be excluded from certain distributions it may be useful to handle
+their configuration from a configure fragment. If the library is
+excluded then also its configuration can be excluded.
+
+If the software project already has a 'configure.ac' or 'configure.in'
+file, the 'configure.ad' can be created by simply renaming the current
+file to 'configure.ad'. In this case the current configure script
+must be edited to support Autodist. This is done by replacing the
+'AC_INIT' to 'AD_INIT'. After specifying the 'AD_INIT' as the first
+macro in the 'configure.ad', the Autodist support has been fully
+integrated into the software project.
+
+If your software project is going to use configure fragments, then
+also Autodist macro 'AD_INCLUDE_CONFIGURE' must be used. Autodist will
+automatically combine the fragments with the top 'configure.ac' script.
+To exclude a 'configure.ad' fragment from a distribution use the distdef
+conditionals inside the 'configure.ad' fragment file. If the distdef is
+not defined the fragment will be excluded automatically.
+
+The following macros are available in current Autodist version.
+
+@defmac AD_INIT
+
+The 'AD_INIT' macro is used in place of Autoconf macro 'AC_INIT'. The
+'AD_INIT' must be the first macro in the 'configure.ad', just like the
+'AC_INIT' macro in 'configure.ac'. The AD_INIT macro is used to deliver
+the distribution names, distribution version, package name and bug-report
+email address to the 'configure.ac' file that Autodist will create.
+The 'AC_INIT' macro must not be used in 'configure.ad' file.
+
+This macro is mandatory and Autodist will exit with error if it is not
+specified in 'configure.ad'. This macro has no arguments.
+@end defmac
+
+
+@defmac AD_INCLUDE_CONFIGURE
+
+This macro is used to tell Autodist that it should include any other
+'configure.ad' fragment that is found from the source tree into the
+top 'configure.ad' file. Note that, the 'configure.ad' fragments will
+be incorporated at the location where this macro is used in the
+'configure.ad'. Usually this macro is placed just before the Autoconf
+macro 'AC_OUTPUT'. This macro has no arguments.
+
+Note that, the 'configure.ad' fragments are not real full featured
+configure scripts. They must not use 'AD_INIT', 'AD_INCLUDE_CONFIGURE',
+'AC_INIT' or any other initialization macros.
+
+@end defmac
+
+@menu
+* Makefile.ad files:: Makefile.ad for creating Makefile.am
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Makefile.ad files
+@section Makefile.ad files
+
+Autodist creates 'Makefile.am' files from 'Makefile.ad' files. A software
+project do not need to use 'Makefile.ad' files if there is no need to
+use distdef conditionals inside makefiles. Usually a multi distribution
+software project, however will need to define certain things to different
+distributions. In these cases 'Makefile.ad' file needs to be created.
+
+Even though it would be possible to use distdef conditionals also inside
+'Makefile.am' files, Autodist does not process 'Makefile.am' files when
+preparing the source tree for configuration and compilation (@pxref{Preparing source tree, , , , }). Thus, the prepared environment would not be
+identical to the created distribution package (when the 'Makefile.am'
+will be processed), and configuration and compilation would be inconsistent.
+Basic rule is, if you need distdefs (@pxref{Distdefines, , , , }) inside
+makefiles, put them inside 'Makefile.ad' file.
+
+
+@menu
+* Other .ad files:: Other files with .ad suffix
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Other .ad files
+@section Other .ad files
+
+Any file in the source tree can have the '.ad' suffix appended. Autodist
+will process any file that has the suffix when the source tree is
+prepared for configuration and compilation (@pxref{Preparing source tree, , , , }). If the files have distdef conditionals the Autodist will process them.
+The files will have the '.ad' suffix removed.
+
+Basic rule is, if you need to process some file when preparing the
+source tree for configuration and compilation, add '.ad' suffix to it.
+Distdefs (@pxref{Distdefines, , , , }) can be used in any file in source
+tree but without '.ad' suffix Autodist will not process those files during
+preparation. They will be processed when creating the distribution package.
+If you need processed files during configuration or compilation then they
+need to have '.ad' suffix.
+
+@menu
+* Distdefines:: Using distdefs in files
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Distdefines
+@section Using distribution defines (distdefs)
+
+Distribution defines, or distdefs from now on, are used to define inside
+a file what will be included in the distribution. Distribution may define
+many different distdefs, for example, based on feature sets, platforms, or
+for other similar reasons. If distdef is not defined for the distribution
+but is used in a file, anything inside the distdef in that file will be
+removed when the distribution is packaged (@pxref{Creating distribution, , , , }). This guarantees that only the files, directories and file content
+(such as source code) that is supposed to be delivered with the distribution
+are delivered. Delivering files or code accidentally in the distribution
+cannot happen.
+
+All other files, except files ending with '.ad' suffix are processed for
+distdefs only when the distribution is packaged. Files ending with '.ad'
+suffix are processed for distdefs when preparing the source tree for
+configuration and compilation (@pxref{Preparing source tree, , , , }).
+
+By default the distdefs are named '_DIST_XXX', where 'XXX' is the name of
+distdef. However, many projects will want to define their own prefix
+for distdefs in the 'autodist.conf' configuration file (@pxref{autodist.conf, , , , }).
+In the following examples a prefix 'SILC' is used, hence the prefix for
+the distdefs are 'SILC_DIST_'.
+
+The basic format for the distdefs are as follows:
+
+@example
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+#endif SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+
+#ifndef SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+#endif SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+#else !SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+#endif SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+
+#ifndef SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+#else SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+#endif SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+@end example
+
+This format should be used only in non-source files, as for example C and
+C++ compilers will not like this format inside a file. In source files
+a compiler friendly format, defined below, should be used.
+
+@example
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+#endif /* SILC_DIST_DEFINE */
+
+#ifndef SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+#endif /* SILC_DIST_DEFINE */
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+#else /* !SILC_DIST_DEFINE */
+#endif /* SILC_DIST_DEFINE */
+
+#ifndef SILC_DIST_DEFINE
+#else /* SILC_DIST_DEFINE */
+#endif /* SILC_DIST_DEFINE */
+@end example
+
+Note that, only the format defined above is supported. Other more complex
+use of the preprocessor directives such as using '&&' and '||' in the '#ifdef'
+or '#ifndef' are not supported, and neither is '#elif'. Also note, that in
+the compiler friendly format the name of the distdef in comments and the
+use of '!' character in the '#else' branch of '#ifdef' are mandatory. Also
+note, that the distdef conditionals must be placed at the start of the line,
+they must not be indented.
+
+The following example shows the use of non-source format:
+
+@example
+SUBDIRS = \
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SERVER
+ server \
+ server-foobar \
+#endif SILC_DIST_SERVER
+#ifndef SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+ tests \
+#endif SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+ toolkit \
+ toolkit-docs \
+#else !SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+ doc \
+ lib \
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+ client \
+#endif SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+@end example
+
+Say, in this example, your distribution has the SILC_DIST_CLIENT and
+SILC_DIST_SERVER defined, but not the SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT, the end result
+would be:
+
+@example
+SUBDIRS = \
+ server \
+ server-foobar \
+ doc \
+ lib \
+ client \
+@end example
+
+The lines defined specificly for the SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT, which in our
+example was not defined, were removed. Also lines that specificly
+expected certain distdefs not to be defined ('#ifndef') were removed.
+(Note the last remaining '\' in example above would be removed by the
+Autodist automatically to avoid errors with Automake.)
+
+The following example shows the use of source code format:
+
+@example
+ initialize_lib();
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_MPI
+ init_mpi();
+ mpi = mpi_alloc();
+#else /* !SILC_DIST_MPI */
+ init_gmp();
+#endif /* SILC_DIST_MPI */
+
+#ifndef SILC_DIST_FOOBAR
+ foobar_replacement();
+#else /* SILC_DIST_FOOBAR */
+ real_foobar();
+#endif /* SILC_DIST_FOOBAR */
+@end example
+
+Say, you have both SILC_DIST_MPI and SILC_DIST_FOOBAR defined, the end result
+would be:
+
+@example
+ initialize_lib();
+ init_mpi();
+ mpi = mpi_alloc();
+
+ real_foobar();
+@end example
+
+Even before processing the source files with Autodist, the preprocessor
+will respect the preprocessor directives if the code use '#include' to
+include the distdef header file created by the Autodist (see
+'autodist.conf' (@pxref{autodist.conf, , , , })). When the distribution
+is packaged (@pxref{Creating distribution, , , , }) the Autodist will
+process the files, and will remove any line not defined to be included.
+The preprocessor directives will also be removed.
+
+Because the software project includes the header file with '#include' the
+distdef header file needs to be present in the distribution, unless it is
+placed inside some other '#ifdef' conditional. If the distribution is
+prepared but not compiled (it is packaged after preparation without
+compilation) then including the distdef header in the source is not
+necessary. Including it then in the distribution is not necessary either.
+
+The software project should not use the same name space that distdef
+conditionals use for other than distribution usage. The Autodist will
+process any line that uses the formats above and has the specified prefix
+(eg. 'SILC_DIST_') in those lines. Using same prefix for other purposes
+will produce unexpected results and invalid distributions.
+
+The following suffixes will be considered as source files by the Autodist:
+
+@example
+ .c
+ .C
+ .cc
+ .cp
+ .cpp
+ .CPP
+ .cxx
+ .CXX
+ .c++
+ .m
+ .h
+ .H
+ .hh
+@end example
+
+Using distdefs in any other file must follow the non-source format.
+
+
+@node Invoking Autodist
+@chapter Invoking Autodist
+
+The Autodist has two basic functions:
+
+ 1. Preparing source tree for configuration and compilation (@pxref{Preparing source tree, , , , })
+
+ 2. Creating distribution packages (@pxref{Creating distribution, , , , })
+
+The 'autodist' accepts the following options:
+
+@table @samp
+
+@item -h
+@itemx --help
+Prints the help for the Autodist and exits.
+
+@item -V
+@itemx --version
+Prints version number and exits.
+
+@item -v
+@itemx --verbose
+Verbosely report processing.
+
+@item -d
+@itemx --distdir <dir>
+Search distributions from <dir> instead of default 'distdir'.
+
+@item -s
+@itemx --distdefs [<dist>]
+Prints distribution defines of <dist> and exits.
+
+@item -i
+@itemx --init
+Initializes Autodist environment. Creates the default distribution
+directory 'distdir', 'autodist.conf' configuration file and the
+default distribution 'default', then exits.
+
+@item -m
+@itemx --makedist
+Creates and packages distribution
+
+@itemx --gzip
+Create package compressed with gzip (default)
+
+@itemx --bzip2
+Create also package compressed with bzip2
+
+@itemx --compress
+Create also package compressed with compress
+
+@itemx --zip
+Create also package compressed with zip
+
+
+@end table
+
+@menu
+* Preparing source tree:: Preparing source tree with Autodist
+* Creating distribution:: Creating distribution with Autodist
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Preparing source tree
+@section Preparing source tree for configuration and compilation
+
+Before distribution can be created from the source tree, the source tree
+must be prepared for configuration and compilation. If your project is
+not using Autodist, then you would do this by running perhaps 'aclocal',
+'autoconf', 'autoheader' and 'automake' tools manually, or you would run an
+'autogen.sh' script that prepares your raw source tree. With Autodist
+this process is performed by Autodist, and running these tools manually
+or using 'autogen.sh' script is not necessary.
+
+By default the 'autodist.conf' (@pxref{autodist.conf, , , , }) has defined
+the tools that will be run by the Autodist when preparing the source tree.
+These are 'aclocal', 'autoheader', 'autoconf', 'automake' and
+'libtoolize'. If you do not whish that Autodist runs some or any of these
+tools automatically, do not set them in the 'autodist.conf'. You would
+then need to run them manually. However, this is not recommended. If you
+need to run additional preparation scripts you may set your scripts either
+in the 'pre-hook' and/or 'post-hook' where you can run what ever
+additional processing you may need to prepare your source tree.
+
+By default the Autodist creates a 'default' distribution when you
+initialize your project by running 'autodist -i'. The 'default'
+distribution should be used when you are developing in your source
+tree. By default, the 'default' distribution cannot be packaged,
+however, if your project creates only one distribution you may find
+it more convenient to define your distribution inside the 'default'
+distribution and allow it to be packaged also. If your source tree
+will create multiple distributions, the 'default' should be used only
+as development distribution. You would use it when you, for example,
+checkout your source tree from CVS and prepare it for configuration
+and compilation. To prepare your source tree with the 'default'
+distribution run Autodist without any arguments.
+
+@example
+ autodist
+@end example
+
+The Autodist will prepare your source tree. After that you may run
+'./configure' and continue to compile with 'make'.
+
+If you do not whish to use the 'default' distribution, or you whish
+to do the development in a tree specificly prepared for some specific
+distribution, or you are preparing to create a new distribution package,
+you will need to run the Autodist with the distribution you whish to
+prepare.
+
+@example
+ autodist example-distribution 1.0.3
+@end example
+
+This prepares your source tree for 'example-distribution' of version
+'1.0.3'. After that you may run './configure' and continue to compile
+with 'make'. If the version is omitted the version will be '0.0'.
+
+Note that, running Autodist for preparation merely prepares your source
+tree for the distribution, it does not create an actual distribution
+package. When preparing source tree for configuration and compilation
+the Autodist will process any file that ends with '.ad' suffix. It will
+process all 'configure.ad' and 'Makefile.ad' files for that distribution.
+When you run './configure' your tree will be configured for that
+distribution, and when you compile with 'make' it will compile for that
+distribution.
+
+However, the source files, or any other file (except files ending with
+'.ad' suffix) are not processed by the Autodist. When compiling
+your sources the preprocessor, however, will respect your distdef
+conditionals inside your source files if you include the distdef header
+file. This way, even the compiled binaries will be compiled for that
+distribution, even though the source files has not yet been processed
+by the Autodist. Rest of the files in the distribution will be processed
+when you create the actual distribution package. It is guaranteed that
+the distribution you have prepared will behave in your source tree exactly
+the same way as if it was already packaged with Autodist (providing that
+you remember to include the distdef header file in your code).
+
+@menu
+* Creating distribution:: Creating distribution with Autodist
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Creating distribution
+@section Creating distribution package(s)
+
+Before creating a new distribution package, you will need to prepare
+the source tree for the distribution you want to create. After preparing
+your source tree you will be ready to create a new distribution. The
+Autodist package provides a simple helper script 'makedist' that may
+be used to create the distribution. However, if you whish, you may
+run the Autodist yourself, as the 'makedist' will call Autodist anyway.
+
+To create a new distribution for the distribution you have prepared for
+run makedist.
+
+@example
+ makedist
+@end example
+
+This will run the Autodist and create a new distribution package that
+is archived with 'tar' and compressed with 'gzip'. If you whish to
+create packages also compressed with 'bzip2', 'compress' and/or 'zip'
+you may give one or all of the following options:
+
+@example
+ makedist --bzip2 --compress --zip
+@end example
+
+This example would create, in addition of 'tar.gz' package, also a
+'tar.bz2', 'tar.Z' and '.zip' packages. Current version of Autodist does
+not support archiving with 'shar'.
+
+If you whish to run additional processing for your distributions when
+they are being packaged you may set 'pre-dist-hook' and/or 'post-dist-hook'
+in your distribution file. Also note that any hooks provided by Automake
+in Makefiles will be run in normal manner.
+
+For additional help, you may give:
+
+@example
+ makedist --help
+@end example
+
+
+@node Examples
+@chapter Examples
+
+@menu
+* Single distribution tree:: Single distribution example
+* Multiple distribution tree:: Multiple distributions example
+@end menu
+
+@node Single distribution tree
+@section Single distribution tree example, start to finish
+
+Lets suppose you have a simple source tree with one application,
+called 'foozbar' you whish to release. While you would probably suffice
+using Autoconf and Automake features you may still use Autodist.
+
+First, you create the default 'distdir' into your software package:
+
+@example
+ autodist -i
+@end example
+
+Then, you create the 'configure.ad' file from your existing 'configure.ac'
+or 'configure.in' file. If you don't have configure script written yet,
+please refer to the Autoconf manual. In the 'autodist.ad' you add as
+first macro in the file:
+
+@example
+ AD_INIT
+@end example
+
+Then, you create distribution file for your application:
+
+@example
+# Foozbar distribution
+name Foozbar
+package foozbar
+bug-report foozbar-bugs@@foo.z.bar
+define _DIST_FOOZBAR
+@end example
+
+This distribution file go into 'distdir/foozbar'.
+
+And there you go. You have succesfully integrated Autodist into your
+source tree. If you need to do development and you whish to use the
+'default' distribution for that, you should inherit the new 'foozbar'
+distribution in it. Add the following line in 'distdir/default':
+
+@example
+ inherit foozbar
+@end example
+
+After that, you can prepare the source tree for configuration and
+compilation by giving:
+
+@example
+ autodist
+@end example
+
+After this command you can give './configure' and 'make'.
+
+If you want to do development directly in a tree prepared for the
+'foozbar' distribution, or you are ready to start creating a new
+distribution package, you give:
+
+@example
+ autodist foozbar 1.0
+@end example
+
+After this command you can give './configure' and 'make'.
+
+To create the distribution package, you will give:
+
+@example
+ makedist
+@end example
+
+The end result will be a 'foozbar-1.0.tar.gz' package.
+
+
+@node Multiple distribution tree
+@section Multiple distribution tree example, start to finish
+
+Lets suppose you have a source tree from which you create multiple
+distributions, say three. If you really have a such source tree you
+must have by now noticed the difficulty of maintaining such a source tree
+and problems with controlling the distributions. Maybe you have sufficed
+with Autoconf and Automake, or perhaps you have created your own scripts
+that carry out the kludges. No more, for Autodist is here.
+
+First, you integrate Autodist into your tree by creating the distributions
+directory 'distdir':
+
+@example
+ autodist -i
+@end example
+
+Then, you create the 'configure.ad' file from your existing 'configure.ac'
+or 'configure.in' file. If you don't have configure script written yet,
+please refer to the Autoconf manual. In the 'autodist.ad' you add as
+first macro in the file:
+
+@example
+ AD_INIT
+@end example
+
+You then continue with creating the distribution files for your three
+distributions. Let's name them 'foozbar', 'libfoozbar' and 'nomad'.
+We will also create a common template that all distributions inherit.
+
+@example
+# Foozbar distribution
+name Foozbar
+package foozbar
+bug-report foozbar-bugs@@foo.z.bar
+inherit common
+define _DIST_FOOZBAR
+@end example
+
+@example
+# libfoozbar distribution
+name libfoozbar
+bug-report libfoozbar-bugs@@foo.z.bar
+inherit common
+define _DIST_LIBFOOZBAR
+@end example
+
+@example
+# Nomad distribution
+name Nomad
+package nomad-the-server
+bug-report nomad-bugs@@foo.z.bar
+inherit common
+include doc/nomad
+define _DIST_NOMAD
+define _DIST_NOMAD_LIB
+undef _DIST_CRYPTO
+@end example
+
+@example
+# Common template
+define _DIST_DOC
+define _DIST_LIB
+define _DIST_MATH
+define _DIST_CRYPTO
+define _DIST_UNIX
+define _DIST_MACOSX
+define _DIST_WIN32
+@end example
+
+You put the distribution files in the 'distdir' directory. In addition
+you will be doing development in the source tree using the 'default'
+distribution, you will add the new distributions to the 'distdir/default':
+
+@example
+inherit foozbar
+inherit libfoozbar
+inherit nomad
+@end example
+
+To prepare the source tree for configuration and compilation you would
+simply give:
+
+@example
+autodist
+@end example
+
+This will prepare your source tree for configuration and compilation. Since
+the 'default' distribution inherits all distributions your development
+source tree will have all of them included. If you do not want to do this
+then don't inherit them in the 'default', but run the autodist specificly
+for the distributions, for example:
+
+@example
+autodist foozbar
+@end example
+
+Since all the distributions inherit the 'common' distribution they get
+all the distdefs that the 'common' defines. In this example various distdefs
+has been defined. You would use them in your code and in your makefiles
+to control various things. For example, let's say the 'common' distdefs
+control what directories distributions have. An example 'Makefile.ad'
+file:
+
+@example
+SUBDIRS = \
+#ifdef _DIST_LIB
+ lib \
+#endif _DIST_LIB
+#ifdef _DIST_DOC
+ doc \
+#endif _DIST_DOC
+@end example
+
+Perhaps the 'Makefile.ad' in 'lib' subdirectory could define something
+like this:
+
+@example
+SUBDIRS = \
+ util \
+#ifdef _DIST_MATH
+ mathlib \
+#endif _DIST_MATH
+#ifdef _DIST_CRYPTO
+ cryptolib \
+#endif _DIST_CRYPTO
+#ifdef _DIST_NOMAD_LIB
+ nomadlib \
+#endif _DIST_NOMAD_LIB
+#ifdef _DIST_LIBFOOZBAR
+ foozbarlib \
+#endif _DIST_LIBFOOZBAR
+@end example
+
+Since the 'nomad' distribution undefined the '_DIST_CRYPTO' distdef it
+would not have the 'cryptolib' in its distribution. Clearly Nomad
+don't need it. In addition of using the distdefs just in the makefiles
+you may want to use them in the source code as well:
+
+@example
+ ...some code...
+
+#ifdef _DIST_MATH
+ /* Initialize math library */
+ math_init();
+#endif /* _DIST_MATH */
+
+ ...some code...
+@end example
+
+After an intensive development period you're ready to create new releases.
+Let's say you're going to release all distributions:
+
+First you release Foozbar 0.5.1:
+
+@example
+autodist foozbar 0.5.1
+makedist --bzip2
+@end example
+
+The end result is two files: 'foozbar-0.5.1.tar.gz' and
+'foozbar-0.5.1.tar.bz2'.
+
+Then you continue with libfoozbar and Nomad:
+
+@example
+autodist libfoozbar 1.0.5
+makedist
+
+autodist nomad 2.0
+makedist
+@end example
+
+The end results are: 'libfoozbar-1.0.5.tar.gz' and 'nomad-2.0.tar.gz'.
+
+@page
+@contents
+@bye
--- /dev/null
+
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
+
+@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
+@center Version 1.2, November 2002
+
+@display
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+@item
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
+refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
+directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
+part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
+any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
+format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
+@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification. Examples
+of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
+@acronym{JPG}. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
+@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
+not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
+output purposes only.
+
+The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+@item
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+@item
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+@item
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+@enumerate A
+@item
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+
+@item
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+unless they release you from this requirement.
+
+@item
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+@item
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+@item
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+
+@item
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+
+@item
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+@item
+Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
+to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+
+@item
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+
+@item
+For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
+the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+dedications given therein.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+@item
+Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
+may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+@item
+Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
+to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+
+@item
+Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+@end enumerate
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+@item
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all
+sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
+
+@item
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+@item
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+
+@item
+TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warrany Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+
+@item
+TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+@item
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end enumerate
+
+@page
+@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+ Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+ A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+ with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
+ the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+ being @var{list}.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+@c Local Variables:
+@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
+@c End:
+
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Prevent date giving response in another language.
+LANG=C
+export LANG
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LC_TIME=C
+export LC_TIME
+
+save_arg1="$1"
+
+# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
+if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
+else
+ ls_command='ls -l -d'
+fi
+
+# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
+# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo
+# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
+# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo
+#
+# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
+# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a
+# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/'
+# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at
+# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
+# words should be skipped to get the date.
+
+# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
+set - x`$ls_command /`
+
+# Find which argument is the month.
+month=
+command=
+until test $month
+do
+ shift
+ # Add another shift to the command.
+ command="$command shift;"
+ case $1 in
+ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+ May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+ esac
+done
+
+# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
+set - x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""`
+
+# Remove all preceding arguments
+eval $command
+
+# Get the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
+case $1 in
+ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+ May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+esac
+
+day=$2
+
+# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
+# the time of day or the year.
+case $3 in
+ *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
+ case $2 in
+ Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
+ Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
+ Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
+ Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
+ May) nummonthtod=5;;
+ Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
+ Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
+ Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
+ Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
+ Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
+ Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
+ Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
+ esac
+ # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
+ # be used for files modified in the last year.
+ if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
+ then
+ year=`expr $year - 1`
+ fi;;
+ *) year=$3;;
+esac
+
+# The result.
+echo $day $month $year
--- /dev/null
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{2003-10-16.18}
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
+% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+% your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+%
+% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
+% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
+% what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding!
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
+% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org),
+% and /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+%
+% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+% tex foo.texi
+% texindex foo.??
+% tex foo.texi
+% tex foo.texi
+% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% full Texinfo distribution.
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
+ \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+\message{Basics,}
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexgtr=>
+\let\ptexhat=^
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexindent=\indent
+\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptext=\t
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi
+
+% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
+% in some cases the escape char.
+\chardef\colonChar = `\:
+\chardef\commaChar = `\,
+\chardef\dotChar = `\.
+\chardef\equalChar = `\=
+\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\questChar = `\?
+\chardef\semiChar = `\;
+\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
+\chardef\underChar = `\_
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
+\hyphenation{eshell}
+\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
+\hyphenation{time-stamp}
+\hyphenation{white-space}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
+% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
+% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\def\loggingall{%
+ \tracingstats2
+ \tracingpages1
+ \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
+ \tracingparagraphs1
+ \tracingoutput1
+ \tracingmacros2
+ \tracingrestores1
+ \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+ \tracingscantokens1
+ \tracingifs1
+ \tracinggroups1
+ \tracingnesting2
+ \tracingassigns1
+ \fi
+ \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
+ \errorcontextlines\maxdimen
+}%
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
+% For @cropmarks command.
+% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%
+\newif\ifcropmarks
+\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
+%
+% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
+% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+%
+\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
+\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
+\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
+\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
+
+% Main output routine.
+\chardef\PAGE = 255
+\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
+% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+ \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+ \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+ %
+ % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
+ % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+ \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+ \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+ %
+ {%
+ % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
+ % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
+ % before the \shipout runs.
+ %
+ \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
+ \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
+ \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
+ % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+ \shipout\vbox{%
+ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
+ \hsize = \outerhsize
+ \vskip-\topandbottommargin
+ \vtop to0pt{%
+ \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ }%
+ \vss}%
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin
+ \line\bgroup
+ \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
+ \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \fi
+ %
+ \unvbox\headlinebox
+ \pagebody{#1}%
+ \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+ % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+ % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+ % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+ \vskip 2\baselineskip
+ \unvbox\footlinebox
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks
+ \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
+ \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+ \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
+ \vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
+ }%
+ \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
+ \fi
+ }% end of \shipout\vbox
+ }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive
+ \advancepageno
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+ \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
+\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
+\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
+% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
+% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
+%
+\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
+\def\nstop{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
+\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
+\def\nsbot{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+%
+\def\parsearg#1{%
+ \let\next = #1%
+ \begingroup
+ \obeylines
+ \futurelet\temp\parseargx
+}
+
+% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
+% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done.
+\def\parseargx{%
+ % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
+ \ifx\obeyedspace\temp
+ \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
+ \else
+ \expandafter\parseargline
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
+{\obeyspaces %
+ \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
+
+{\obeylines %
+ \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+ \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+ %
+ % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
+ % Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
+ \argremovec #1\c\relax %
+ \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
+ %
+ % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
+ \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
+ }%
+}
+
+% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
+% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
+% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
+% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+
+% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
+% @end itemize @c foo
+% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
+% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
+% result to \toks0.
+%
+% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
+% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
+% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever
+% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
+% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
+% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
+% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
+%
+\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \ignoreactivespaces
+ \edef\temp{#1}%
+ \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
+%
+\begingroup
+ \obeyspaces
+ \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
+\endgroup
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
+%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
+\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
+\def\ENVcheck{%
+\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
+\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
+
+% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now.
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
+\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
+
+\def\beginxxx #1{%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
+{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
+\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
+
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+%
+\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
+\def\endxxx #1{%
+ \removeactivespaces{#1}%
+ \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
+ % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}%
+ \else
+ \unmatchedenderror\endthing
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
+ \csname E\endthing\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error.
+%
+\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
+}
+
+% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
+%
+\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+%% Simple single-character @ commands
+
+% @@ prints an @
+% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
+\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
+
+% This is turned off because it was never documented
+% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
+%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
+%% but suppressing ligatures.
+%\def\`{{`}}
+%\def\'{{'}}
+
+% Used to generate quoted braces.
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace
+\let\}=\myrbrace
+\begingroup
+ % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
+ % and @{ and @} for the aux file.
+ \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
+ \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+ \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
+ !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
+ !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
+ !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
+ !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
+!endgroup
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \c
+\let\dotaccent = \.
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \t
+\let\ubaraccent = \b
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
+ \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
+ \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @/ allows a line break.
+\let\/=\allowbreak
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
+% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
+% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
+% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
+% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
+%
+\newbox\groupbox
+\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
+%
+\def\group{\begingroup
+ \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
+ \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+ \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
+ % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
+ % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of
+ % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+ % above. But it's pretty close.
+ \def\Egroup{%
+ \egroup % End the \vtop.
+ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+ \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+ % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+ \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+ % group, force a page break.
+ \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+ \page
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \copy\groupbox
+ \endgroup % End the \group.
+ }%
+ %
+ \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
+ % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
+ % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
+ % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
+ % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the
+ % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
+ % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
+ \everypar = {\strut}%
+ %
+ % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
+ % normal interline spacing.
+ \offinterlineskip
+ %
+ % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
+ % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
+ % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
+ % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an
+ % empty paragraph.
+ \ifx\par\lisppar
+ \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
+ %
+ % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
+ \obeylines
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+ % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+ % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
+ % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
+ % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+ % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+ \comment
+}
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
+
+\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
+
+% Old definition--didn't work.
+%\def\needx #1{\par %
+%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
+%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
+%{\baselineskip=0pt%
+%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
+%\prevdepth=-1000pt
+%}}
+
+\def\needx#1{%
+ % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+ % paragraph.
+ \par
+ %
+ % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+ \dimen0 = #1\mil
+ \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+ \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+ \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+ %
+ % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
+ % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
+ % And a page break here is fine.
+ \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
+ %
+ % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+ % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
+ % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+ % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+ % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
+ %
+ % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+ % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+ % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+ % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+ % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
+ % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+ % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+ \penalty9999
+ %
+ % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+ \kern -#1\mil
+ %
+ % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @br forces paragraph break
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
+% font as three actual period characters.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \hbox to 1.5em{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+ .\hss.\hss.%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+ }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \hbox to 2em{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+ .\hss.\hss.\hss.%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+ }%
+ \spacefactor=3000
+}
+
+% @page forces the start of a new page.
+%
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
+\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
+\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+ \nobreak
+ \kern-\strutdepth
+ \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+ \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+ \vss
+ % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+ % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+ \ifx#1l%
+ \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+ \else
+ \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+ \fi
+ \null
+ }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
+ \def\righttext{#2}%
+ \else
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
+ \def\righttext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno
+ \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+}
+
+% @include file insert text of that file as input.
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\include{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`~=\other
+ \catcode`^=\other
+ \catcode`_=\other
+ \catcode`|=\other
+ \catcode`<=\other
+ \catcode`>=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other
+ \parsearg\includezzz}
+% Restore active chars for included file.
+\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup
+ % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work.
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ \let\value=\expandablevalue
+ \input\thisfile
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line
+% outputs that line, centered.
+%
+\def\center{\parsearg\docenter}
+\def\docenter#1{{%
+ \ifhmode \hfil\break \fi
+ \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \line{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+ \ifhmode \break \fi
+}}
+
+% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
+
+\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
+\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
+
+\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\commentxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+
+\let\c=\comment
+
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
+% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent}
+\def\doparagraphindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \defaultparindent = 0pt
+ \else
+ \defaultparindent = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent}
+\def\doexampleindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+ \else
+ \lispnarrowing = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @firstparagraphindent WORD
+% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
+% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
+% paragraphs.
+%
+% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
+% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
+% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
+% By default, we suppress indentation.
+%
+\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\newdimen\currentparindent
+%
+\def\insertword{insert}
+%
+\def\firstparagraphindent{\parsearg\dofirstparagraphindent}
+\def\dofirstparagraphindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
+ \else\ifx\temp\insertword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
+% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
+%
+% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
+% paragraph.
+%
+\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
+ \gdef\indent{%
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ \indent
+ }%
+ \gdef\noindent{%
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ \noindent
+ }%
+ \global\everypar = {%
+ \kern -\parindent
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ }%
+}
+
+\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
+ \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
+ \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
+ \global \everypar = {}%
+}
+
+
+% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because we need
+% to set catcodes according to plain TeX first, to allow for subscripts,
+% superscripts, special math chars, etc.
+%
+\let\implicitmath = $%$ font-lock fix
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
+% _ within @math be active (mathcode "8000), and distinguish by seeing
+% if the current family is \slfam, which is what @var uses.
+%
+{\catcode\underChar = \active
+\gdef\mathunderscore{%
+ \catcode\underChar=\active
+ \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+}}
+%
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
+% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
+% otherwise define @\.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+ \tex
+ \mathcode`\_="8000 \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ \implicitmath\finishmath}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1\implicitmath\Etex}
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an
+% argument to a command which set the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+ \catcode`^ = \active
+ \catcode`< = \active
+ \catcode`> = \active
+ \catcode`+ = \active
+ \gdef\mathactive{%
+ \let^ = \ptexhat
+ \let< = \ptexless
+ \let> = \ptexgtr
+ \let+ = \ptexplus
+ }
+}
+
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
+\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+ \iflinks
+ \readauxfile
+ \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+ \openindices
+ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+ \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+ %
+ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+ % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
+ \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
+ \closein1
+ \temp
+ %
+ \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
+}
+
+% Called from \setfilename.
+%
+\def\openindices{%
+ \newindex{cp}%
+ \newcodeindex{fn}%
+ \newcodeindex{vr}%
+ \newcodeindex{tp}%
+ \newcodeindex{ky}%
+ \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+ \pdffalse
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\linkcolor = \relax
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\else
+ \pdftrue
+ \pdfoutput = 1
+ \input pdfcolor
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+ \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\imagewidth{#2}%
+ \def\imageheight{#3}%
+ % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+ % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \immediate\pdfimage
+ \else
+ \immediate\pdfximage
+ \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+ #1.pdf%
+ \else
+ {#1.pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+ \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+ \fi}
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title
+ % aren't expanded.
+ \atdummies
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \pdfdest name{#1} xyz%
+ }}
+ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
+ \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
+ \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+ % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+ % come from Petr Olsak
+ \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+ \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+ \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+ \advance\tempnum by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+ %
+ % #1 is the section text. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+ % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node
+ % text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no
+ % corresponding node. #4 is the page number.
+ %
+ \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+ % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
+ % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
+ % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
+ % seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured.
+ \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+ \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi
+ %
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1\else\begingroup
+ \closein 1
+ % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
+ \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
+ \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
+ %
+ % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{\def\thischapnum{##2}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \def\thissecnum{##2}%
+ \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+ \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}}%
+ %
+ % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
+ % al. a second time, below.
+ \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ %
+ % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
+ % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
+ % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
+ %
+ % We use the node names as the destinations.
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
+ %
+ % Make special characters normal for writing to the pdf file.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \endgroup\fi
+ }
+ %
+ \def\makelinks #1,{%
+ \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
+ \ifx\params\E
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
+ \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
+ \picknum{#1}%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
+ \linkcolor #1%
+ \advance\lnkcount by 1%
+ \endlink
+ \fi
+ \nextmakelinks
+ }
+ \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
+ \def\pn#1{%
+ \def\p{#1}%
+ \ifx\p\lbrace
+ \let\nextpn=\ppn
+ \else
+ \let\nextpn=\ppnn
+ \def\first{#1}
+ \fi
+ \nextpn
+ }
+ \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
+ \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
+ \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+ \else
+ \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
+ \let\value=\expandablevalue
+ \leavevmode\Red
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+ % #1
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+ \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+
+\message{fonts,}
+% Font-change commands.
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+
+% We don't need math for this one.
+\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
+
+% Default leading.
+\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+ \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+ \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+ \normalbaselines
+ \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+ \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+ depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+ }%
+}
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
+
+\newcount\mainmagstep
+\ifx\bigger\relax
+ % not really supported.
+ \mainmagstep=\magstep1
+ \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+ \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+\else
+ \mainmagstep=\magstephalf
+ \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+ \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\fi
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+
+% Fonts for title page:
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\authortt{\sectt}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
+% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
+% but that is not a standard magnification.
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
+% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
+% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+ \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
+ \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
+ \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+}
+
+% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
+% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work
+% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
+% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
+% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
+% redefine \bf itself.
+\def\textfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
+ \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
+ \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
+\def\titlefonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
+ \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
+ \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
+ \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\def\chapfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
+ \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
+ \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
+\def\secfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
+ \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
+ \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
+\def\subsecfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
+ \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
+ \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
+\def\smallfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
+ \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallerfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
+ \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
+
+% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
+
+% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
+% can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
+% If we use \smallerfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
+% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
+% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
+%
+% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
+% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
+%
+% I wish we used A4 paper on this side of the Atlantic.
+%
+% --karl, 24jan03.
+
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\textfonts
+
+% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+
+%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
+%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+
+% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
+% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
+ \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\var=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+\let\cite=\smartslanted
+
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
+% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
+% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
+%
+\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
+\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
+% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+ \def\frenchspacing{%
+ \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
+ \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+ }
+\catcode`@=\other
+
+\def\t#1{%
+ {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
+ \null
+}
+\let\ttfont=\t
+\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\font\keysy=cmsy9
+\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+ \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+ \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+ \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+ \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+ \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+% The old definition, with no lozenge:
+%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+
+% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
+\let\file=\samp
+\let\option=\samp
+
+% @code is a modification of @t,
+% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+ {%
+ % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+ \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+ %
+ % Switch to typewriter.
+ \tt
+ %
+ % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+ \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+ %
+ % Turn off hyphenation.
+ \nohyphenation
+ %
+ \rawbackslash
+ \frenchspacing
+ #1%
+ }%
+ \null
+}
+
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+
+% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
+% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
+% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
+% -- rms.
+{
+ \catcode`\-=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ %
+ \global\def\code{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
+ \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
+ \codex
+ }
+ %
+ % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index,
+ % just treat them as a normal -.
+ \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash}
+}
+
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{%
+ % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
+ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
+ % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
+ % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
+ \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
+ \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
+ \else\normalunderscore \fi
+ \discretionary{}{}{}}%
+ {\_}%
+}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx}
+\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{%
+ \def\arg{#1}%
+ \ifx\arg\worddistinct
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+ \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct.'
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\url=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \ifpdf
+ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ \else
+ \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\ifpdf
+ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+ \endlink
+ \endgroup}
+\else
+ \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
+
+% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
+% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
+% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
+%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
+
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
+
+% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
+\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
+\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. For now, only works in text size;
+% we'd have to redo the font mechanism to change the \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle font sizes to make it look right in headings.
+% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
+%
+\def\registeredsymbol{%
+ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm R$}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+ }$%
+}
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
+% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
+%
+\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+
+\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
+\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+ \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+
+\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+ \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+ \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
+ %
+ \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
+ \let\tt=\authortt}%
+ %
+ % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+ \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+ %
+ % Now you can print the title using @title.
+ \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
+ \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}
+ % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+ \finishedtitlepagefalse
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
+ % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+ %
+ % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
+ \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
+ \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
+ %
+ % @author should come last, but may come many times.
+ \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
+ \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
+ {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
+ %
+ % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+ % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+ \let\oldpage = \page
+ \def\page{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ \oldpage
+ \let\page = \oldpage
+ \hbox{}}%
+% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+ % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+ % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+ % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+ \oldpage
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+ % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+ \HEADINGSon
+ %
+ % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+ \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \shortcontents
+ \contents
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \contents
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+ \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make Tex use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
+ \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
+ \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what @headings on does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
+
+{\catcode`\@=0 %
+
+\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+ \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+ %
+ % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
+ % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+ \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
+ \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+}
+
+\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+%
+}% unbind the catcode of @.
+
+% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off turns them off.
+% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{
+\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
+\HEADINGSoff
+% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
+
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
+\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+ \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+ \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+ \fi
+ \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
+\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+
+\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
+ \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
+ \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
+ \itemindex{#1}%
+ \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+ %
+ % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+ % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+ % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+ % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+ % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+ \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+ %
+ % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+ % but leave it ragged-right.
+ \begingroup
+ \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+ \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+ \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+ \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+ % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+ \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately
+ % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
+ % \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment
+ % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then
+ % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to
+ % crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal
+ % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all.
+ % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by
+ % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or
+ % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be
+ % penalty 10001...)
+ \penalty 10001
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+ \else
+ % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
+ % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+ \noindent
+ % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+ % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+ % eventually be printed.
+ \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+ \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+ \unhbox0
+ \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
+\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
+\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
+\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
+\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
+
+% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work.
+\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}}
+
+\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley
+\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley
+\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\dontindex #1{}
+\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
+\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
+
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
+\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
+
+\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+\aboveenvbreak %
+\begingroup %
+\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
+\let\itemindex=#1%
+\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
+\def\itemfont{#2}%
+\itemmax=\tableindent %
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
+\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
+\exdentamount=\tableindent
+\parindent = 0pt
+\parskip = \smallskipamount
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\item = \internalBitem %
+\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
+\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
+\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
+\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
+\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
+}
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
+
+\def\itemizezzz #1{%
+ \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
+ \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
+}
+
+\def\itemizey#1#2{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \itemmax=\itemindent
+ \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
+ \exdentamount=\itemindent
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \parskip=\smallskipamount
+ \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+ \def\itemcontents{#1}%
+ % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
+ \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+ \let\item=\itemizeitem
+}
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
+\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+ \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
+ %
+ % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+ \def\thearg{#1}%
+ \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+ %
+ % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
+ % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+ % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+ % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+ % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+ \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+ \ifx\rest\empty
+ % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
+ % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+ % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+ % not equal to itself.
+ % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+ %
+ % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+ % continuing to look for a <number>.
+ %
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+ \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+ \else
+ % It's a letter.
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+ \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+ \else
+ \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
+ \numericenumerate
+ \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \thearg
+ \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}%
+ \fi
+ \char\lccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}
+ \fi
+ \char\uccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+ \advance\itemno by -1
+ \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
+}
+
+% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
+% to @enumerate.
+%
+\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
+\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
+\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
+
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+\advance\itemno by 1
+{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
+\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
+{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
+\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
+\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
+\flushcr}
+
+% @multitable macros
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
+%
+% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
+% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
+% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
+
+% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
+
+% To make preamble:
+%
+% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
+% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
+% @item ...
+%
+% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
+% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
+% columns as desired.
+
+
+% Or use a template:
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item ...
+% using the widest term desired in each column.
+%
+% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
+% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
+% will parse correctly, i.e.,
+%
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
+% template}
+% Not:
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
+% {Column 3 template}
+
+% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
+% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
+% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
+% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
+
+% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
+% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
+
+% Sample multitable:
+
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
+% @item
+% first col stuff
+% @tab
+% second col stuff
+% @tab
+% third col
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
+% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
+%
+% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
+% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
+% @end multitable
+
+% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
+% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
+% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
+% to baseline.
+% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
+%
+\newskip\multitableparskip
+\newskip\multitableparindent
+\newdimen\multitablecolspace
+\newskip\multitablelinespace
+\multitableparskip=0pt
+\multitableparindent=6pt
+\multitablecolspace=12pt
+\multitablelinespace=0pt
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
+% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
+% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
+% percent of \hsize for this column.
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
+ \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+ \def\firstarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+ \let\go = \relax
+ \else
+ \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+ \global\setpercenttrue
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent
+ \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+ \else
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+ % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+ % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+ % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+ \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+ \else
+ \let\go = \setuptable
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \go
+}
+
+% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
+%
+\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
+\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \let\item=\crcrwithfootnotes
+ % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
+ % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until
+ % we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. --karl,
+ % nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+ \let\tab=&%
+ \let\startfootins=\startsavedfootnote
+ \tolerance=9500
+ \hbadness=9500
+ \setmultitablespacing
+ \parskip=\multitableparskip
+ \parindent=\multitableparindent
+ \overfullrule=0pt
+ \global\colcount=0
+ \def\Emultitable{%
+ \global\setpercentfalse
+ \crcrwithfootnotes\crcr
+ \egroup\egroup
+ }%
+ %
+ % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+ \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+ %
+ % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
+ % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
+ % The table preamble
+ % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
+ \everycr{\noalign{%
+ %
+ % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+ % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
+ % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem
+ % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+ \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
+ %
+ % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+ % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+ % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+ % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+ \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
+ \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+ %
+ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+ % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+ % the first one.
+ %
+ % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+ % to the width of each template entry.
+ %
+ % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+ % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+ % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
+ % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+ %
+ % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+ \rightskip=0pt
+ \ifnum\colcount=1
+ % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+ \advance\hsize by\leftskip
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent \else
+ % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+ % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+ \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+ \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+ % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+ % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+ % For example:
+ % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+ % @item @code{#}
+ % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+ % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
+ % characters.
+ \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
+}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
+% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
+% current baselineskip.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
+%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
+%% to keep lines equally spaced
+\let\multistrut = \strut
+\else
+%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
+\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
+width0pt\relax} \fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+% In case a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is
+% finished. Otherwise, the insertion is lost, it never migrates to the
+% main vertical list. --kasal, 22jan03.
+%
+\newbox\savedfootnotes
+%
+% \dotable \let's \startfootins to this, so that \dofootnote will call
+% it instead of starting the insertion right away.
+\def\startsavedfootnote{%
+ \global\setbox\savedfootnotes = \vbox\bgroup
+ \unvbox\savedfootnotes
+}
+\def\crcrwithfootnotes{%
+ \crcr
+ \ifvoid\savedfootnotes \else
+ \noalign{\insert\footins{\box\savedfootnotes}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+% Prevent errors for section commands.
+% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
+\def\ignoresections{%
+ \let\appendix=\relax
+ \let\appendixsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
+ %\let\begin=\relax
+ %\let\bye=\relax
+ \let\centerchap=\relax
+ \let\chapter=\relax
+ \let\contents=\relax
+ \let\section=\relax
+ \let\smallbook=\relax
+ \let\subsec=\relax
+ \let\subsection=\relax
+ \let\subsubsec=\relax
+ \let\subsubsection=\relax
+ \let\titlepage=\relax
+ \let\top=\relax
+ \let\unnumbered=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
+}
+
+% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
+%
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+\def\documentdescriptionword{documentdescription}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
+\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory = \comment
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
+%
+% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
+\newcount\doignorecount
+
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+ % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+ \ignoresections
+ %
+ % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+ \catcode\spaceChar = 10
+ %
+ % Ignore braces, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
+ \catcode`\{ = 9
+ \catcode`\} = 9
+ %
+ % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
+ \doignorecount = 0
+ %
+ % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
+ \expandafter \dodoignore \csname#1\endcsname {#1}%
+}
+
+{ \catcode`@=11 % We want to use \ST@P which cannot appear in texinfo source.
+ \obeylines %
+ %
+ \gdef\dodoignore#1#2{%
+ % #1 contains, e.g., \ifinfo, a.k.a. @ifinfo.
+ % #2 contains the string `ifinfo'.
+ %
+ % Define a command to find the next `@end #2', which must be on a line
+ % by itself.
+ \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M\end #2{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M#1\ST@P}%
+ % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
+ % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
+ % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
+ \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M#1##2\ST@P{\doignoreyyy{##2}\ST@P}%
+ %
+ % And now expand that command.
+ \obeylines %
+ \doignoretext ^^M%
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
+ \let\next\doignoretextzzz
+ \else % Found a nested condition, ...
+ \advance\doignorecount by 1
+ \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
+ % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
+ \fi
+ \next #1% the token \ST@P is present just after this macro.
+}
+
+% We have to swallow the remaining "\ST@P".
+%
+\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
+ \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
+ \let\next\enddoignore
+ \else % Still inside a nested condition.
+ \advance\doignorecount by -1
+ \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+% Finish off ignored text.
+\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
+% losing inside @example, for instance.
+%
+\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
+ \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
+ \parsearg\setxxx}
+\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
+ \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
+% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
+% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
+\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
+\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ %
+ % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
+ % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any
+ % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
+ \gdef\value{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+ \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
+ \valuexxx}
+}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones
+% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
+% about that. The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable
+% is set), since the result winds up in the index file. This means that
+% if the variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost
+% certain it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with
+% sufficient work to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of
+% complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+ \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+\def\ifset{\parsearg\doifset}
+\def\doifset#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \let\next=\ifsetfail
+ \else
+ \let\next=\ifsetsucceed
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
+\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg\doifclear}
+\def\doifclear#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \let\next=\ifclearsucceed
+ \else
+ \let\next=\ifclearfail
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext always succeed; we
+% read the text following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make
+% `@end iftex' (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
+%
+\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
+\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
+\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
+\def\ifnotplaintext{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotplaintext}}
+\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotplaintext}
+
+% True conditional. Since \set globally defines its variables, we can
+% just start and end a group (to keep the @end definition undefined at
+% the outer level).
+%
+\def\conditionalsucceed#1{\begingroup
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\endgroup}%
+}
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
+
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
+
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
+% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
+% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
+% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
+% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
+% for the sake of vms.
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
+ \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
+%
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+%
+% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+ % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+ % closing the target index.
+ \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+ % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+ % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+ \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+ \fi
+ % redefine \fooindfile:
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+ % redefine \fooindex:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
+
+% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
+% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
+\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
+\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
+% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
+% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
+%
+\def\indexdummies{%
+ \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
+ \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+ % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+ % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+ % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+ \let\{ = \mylbrace
+ \let\} = \myrbrace
+ %
+ % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus
+ % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control
+ % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect
+ % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+ % from whatever follows.
+ %
+ % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+ % space.
+ %
+ % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+ % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+ % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+ %
+ \def\definedummyword##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}%
+ }%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine
+% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses
+% @, this will be simpler.
+%
+\def\atdummies{%
+ \def\@{@@}%
+ \def\ {@ }%
+ \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
+ \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+ %
+ % (See comments in \indexdummies.)
+ \def\definedummyword##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}%
+ }%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and
+% \definedummyletter must be defined first.
+%
+\def\commondummies{%
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ %
+ % Control letters and accents.
+ \definedummyletter{_}%
+ \definedummyletter{,}%
+ \definedummyletter{"}%
+ \definedummyletter{`}%
+ \definedummyletter{'}%
+ \definedummyletter{^}%
+ \definedummyletter{~}%
+ \definedummyletter{=}%
+ \definedummyword{u}%
+ \definedummyword{v}%
+ \definedummyword{H}%
+ \definedummyword{dotaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{ringaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{tieaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{ubaraccent}%
+ \definedummyword{udotaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{dotless}%
+ %
+ % Other non-English letters.
+ \definedummyword{AA}%
+ \definedummyword{AE}%
+ \definedummyword{L}%
+ \definedummyword{OE}%
+ \definedummyword{O}%
+ \definedummyword{aa}%
+ \definedummyword{ae}%
+ \definedummyword{l}%
+ \definedummyword{oe}%
+ \definedummyword{o}%
+ \definedummyword{ss}%
+ %
+ % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+ \definedummyword{bf}%
+ \definedummyword{gtr}%
+ \definedummyword{hat}%
+ \definedummyword{less}%
+ \definedummyword{sf}%
+ \definedummyword{sl}%
+ \definedummyword{tclose}%
+ \definedummyword{tt}%
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \definedummyword{b}%
+ \definedummyword{i}%
+ \definedummyword{r}%
+ \definedummyword{sc}%
+ \definedummyword{t}%
+ %
+ \definedummyword{TeX}%
+ \definedummyword{acronym}%
+ \definedummyword{cite}%
+ \definedummyword{code}%
+ \definedummyword{command}%
+ \definedummyword{dfn}%
+ \definedummyword{dots}%
+ \definedummyword{emph}%
+ \definedummyword{env}%
+ \definedummyword{file}%
+ \definedummyword{kbd}%
+ \definedummyword{key}%
+ \definedummyword{math}%
+ \definedummyword{option}%
+ \definedummyword{samp}%
+ \definedummyword{strong}%
+ \definedummyword{uref}%
+ \definedummyword{url}%
+ \definedummyword{var}%
+ \definedummyword{verb}%
+ \definedummyword{w}%
+ %
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ \definedummyword{bullet}%
+ \definedummyword{copyright}%
+ \definedummyword{dots}%
+ \definedummyword{enddots}%
+ \definedummyword{equiv}%
+ \definedummyword{error}%
+ \definedummyword{expansion}%
+ \definedummyword{minus}%
+ \definedummyword{pounds}%
+ \definedummyword{point}%
+ \definedummyword{print}%
+ \definedummyword{result}%
+ %
+ % Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not
+ % contain - or _, and the value does not contain any
+ % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+ \let\value = \expandablevalue
+ %
+ % Normal spaces, not active ones.
+ \unsepspaces
+ %
+ % No macro expansion.
+ \turnoffmacros
+}
+
+% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+% expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+{\obeyspaces
+ \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}}
+
+
+% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
+% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
+% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
+% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
+%
+\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
+\def\indexdummydots{...}
+%
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+ \def\ { }%
+ \def\@{@}%
+ % how to handle braces?
+ \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+ %
+ \let\,=\asis
+ \let\"=\asis
+ \let\`=\asis
+ \let\'=\asis
+ \let\^=\asis
+ \let\~=\asis
+ \let\==\asis
+ \let\u=\asis
+ \let\v=\asis
+ \let\H=\asis
+ \let\dotaccent=\asis
+ \let\ringaccent=\asis
+ \let\tieaccent=\asis
+ \let\ubaraccent=\asis
+ \let\udotaccent=\asis
+ \let\dotless=\asis
+ %
+ % Other non-English letters.
+ \def\AA{AA}%
+ \def\AE{AE}%
+ \def\L{L}%
+ \def\OE{OE}%
+ \def\O{O}%
+ \def\aa{aa}%
+ \def\ae{ae}%
+ \def\l{l}%
+ \def\oe{oe}%
+ \def\o{o}%
+ \def\ss{ss}%
+ \def\exclamdown{!}%
+ \def\questiondown{?}%
+ %
+ % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+ % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+ % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+ %\let\tt=\asis
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \let\b=\asis
+ \let\i=\asis
+ \let\r=\asis
+ \let\sc=\asis
+ \let\t=\asis
+ %
+ \let\TeX=\indexdummytex
+ \let\acronym=\asis
+ \let\cite=\asis
+ \let\code=\asis
+ \let\command=\asis
+ \let\dfn=\asis
+ \let\dots=\indexdummydots
+ \let\emph=\asis
+ \let\env=\asis
+ \let\file=\asis
+ \let\kbd=\asis
+ \let\key=\asis
+ \let\math=\asis
+ \let\option=\asis
+ \let\samp=\asis
+ \let\strong=\asis
+ \let\uref=\asis
+ \let\url=\asis
+ \let\var=\asis
+ \let\verb=\asis
+ \let\w=\asis
+}
+
+\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
+
+% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
+%
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
+
+% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
+% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception
+% is with defuns, which call us directly.
+%
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ % If third arg is present, precede it with space.
+ \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+ \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \ifvmode
+ \dosubindsanitize
+ \else
+ \dosubindwrite
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Write the entry to the index file:
+%
+\def\dosubindwrite{%
+ % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
+ \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+ \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Remember, we are within a group.
+ \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+ % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+ %
+ % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
+ % get the string to sort by.
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
+ \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+ % the original text, including any font commands. We write
+ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+ % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+ % sorted result.
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\writeto{%
+ \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+ }%
+ \temp
+}
+
+% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
+%
+% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
+% like this:
+% @end defun
+% @tindex whatever
+% @defun ...
+% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+% the previous defun.
+%
+% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
+% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+%
+% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+%
+\def\dosubindsanitize{%
+ % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
+ \skip0 = \lastskip
+ \count255 = \lastpenalty
+ %
+ % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
+ % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
+ % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
+ % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
+ % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
+ \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \vskip-\skip0 \fi
+ %
+ \dosubindwrite
+ %
+ \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt
+ % if \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a
+ % penalty, and perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.
+ % In that case, we want to re-insert the penalty; since we
+ % just inserted a non-discardable item, any following glue
+ % (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
+ % @deffn deffn-whatever
+ % @vindex index-whatever
+ % Description.
+ % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
+ % and the "Description." paragraph.
+ \ifnum\count255>9999 \nobreak \fi
+ \else
+ % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
+ % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
+ % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
+ \nobreak\vskip\skip0
+ \fi
+}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+% \initial {c}
+% before the first topic whose initial is c
+% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+% for a topic that is used without subtopics
+% \primary {topic}
+% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+% for each subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
+{\obeylines %
+\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
+\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
+\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
+\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
+ \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ \tolerance = 9500
+ \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
+ \indexbreaks
+ %
+ % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+ % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
+ % \initial {@}
+ % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
+ % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
+ \catcode`\@ = 11
+ \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+ \ifeof 1
+ % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+ % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+ % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+ % there is some text.
+ \putwordIndexNonexistent
+ \else
+ %
+ % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+ % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+ % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+ \read 1 to \temp
+ \ifeof 1
+ \putwordIndexIsEmpty
+ \else
+ % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
+ % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
+ % to make right now.
+ \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
+ \catcode`\\ = 0
+ \escapechar = `\\
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \input \jobname.#1s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+\endgroup}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+\def\initial#1{{%
+ % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
+ \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+ %
+ % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+ \removelastskip
+ %
+ % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+ \penalty -300
+ %
+ % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
+ % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+ % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+ % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+ %
+ % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
+ \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+ \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+ %
+ % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+ \nobreak
+}}
+
+% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
+% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents
+% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup
+ %
+ % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+ % affect previous text.
+ \par
+ %
+ % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+ \parfillskip = 0in
+ %
+ % No extra space above this paragraph.
+ \parskip = 0in
+ %
+ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+ \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+ %
+ % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+ % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
+ % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
+ % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+ % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+ %
+ % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+ % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+ \hangindent = 2em
+ %
+ % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+ % with blank space.
+ \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+ %
+ % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns.
+ \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+ %
+ % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
+ % parameters we've set above will have an effect.
+ \noindent
+ %
+ % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it.
+ #1%
+ % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+ % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
+ % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+ \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
+ \def\tempb{#2}%
+ \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
+ \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
+ \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
+ %
+ % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+ % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+ % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+ \hfil\penalty50
+ \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ %
+ % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+ % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
+ % \hbox ensues.
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \fi
+ \fi%
+ \par
+\endgroup}
+
+% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+ \parfillskip=0in
+ \parskip=0in
+ \hangindent=1in
+ \hangafter=1
+ \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ #2
+ \fi
+ \par
+}}
+
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
+\catcode`\@=11
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+ % Grab any single-column material above us.
+ \output = {%
+ %
+ % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
+ % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
+ % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
+ % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
+ % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+ % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+ % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
+ \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+ \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+ % Unvbox the main output page.
+ \unvbox\PAGE
+ \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+ }%
+ }%
+ \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+ %
+ % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+ \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
+ %
+ % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
+ % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+ % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
+ % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+ % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
+ %
+ % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+ % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+ % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
+ % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+ % as it did when we hard-coded it.
+ %
+ % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+ % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+ % been clobbered.
+ %
+ \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+ \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ %
+ % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
+ % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+ \vsize = 2\vsize
+}
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last.
+%
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+ \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+ % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+ % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+ % previous page.
+ \dimen@ = \vsize
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2
+ \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
+ %
+ % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
+ \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+ \onepageout\pagesofar
+ \unvbox255
+ \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
+\def\pagesofar{%
+ \unvbox\partialpage
+ %
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+ \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+ \output = {%
+ % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
+ % current page, no automatic page break.
+ \balancecolumns
+ %
+ % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
+ % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
+ % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+ % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+ % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
+ % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
+ % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+ \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
+ }%
+ \eject
+ \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+ %
+ % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+ % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
+ % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
+ % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
+ \pagegoal = \vsize
+}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+ \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+ \dimen@ = \ht0
+ \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+ %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
+ {%
+ \vbadness = 10000
+ \loop
+ \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
+ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+ \repeat
+ }%
+ %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
+ \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+ %
+ \pagesofar
+}
+\catcode`\@ = \other
+
+
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
+
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered
+% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
+% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
+% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
+% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
+\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
+%
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
+% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+%
+\def\appendixletter{%
+ \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+ % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+ % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
+ % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+ % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+ \else\char\the\appendixno
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
+% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
+% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thissection{}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
+
+% Choose a numbered-heading macro
+% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
+% #2 is text for heading
+\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \chapterzzz{#2}%
+ \or \seczzz{#2}%
+ \or \numberedsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \chapterzzz{#2}%
+ \else \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
+\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \appendixzzz{#2}%
+ \or \appendixsectionzzz{#2}%
+ \or \appendixsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \appendixzzz{#2}%
+ \else \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
+\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
+ \or \unnumberedseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
+ \else \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.
+%
+\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
+\def\chapteryyy#1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz#1{%
+ % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
+ % as an @include file.
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\chapno by 1
+ \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % Write the actual heading.
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
+ \global\let\section = \numberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
+\def\appendixyyy#1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\def\appendixzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\appendixno by 1
+ \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
+ \message{\appendixnum}%
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
+ \global\let\section = \appendixsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy}
+\def\centerchapyyy#1{{\unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+
+\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+\def\unnumberedyyy#1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
+ %
+ % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+ % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+ % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+ % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+ % to be executed, not expanded).
+ %
+ % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+ % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
+ % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+ % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
+ % the toc entries.)
+ \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
+ %
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
+ %
+ \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% Sections.
+\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
+\def\secyyy#1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
+\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsecyyy#1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsecyyy#1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+% Subsections.
+\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
+\def\numberedsubsecyyy#1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsubsecyyy#1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy#1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
+\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy#1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
+ {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy#1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy#1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
+% Actually, they are now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
+\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
+\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
+\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\let\section = \numberedsec
+\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
+% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
+% overlong headings to fold.
+% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
+% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
+% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
+% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
+
+
+\def\majorheading{%
+ {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+ \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
+}
+
+\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
+ {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}%
+ \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
+\def\heading{\parsearg\doheading}
+\def\subheading{\parsearg\dosubheading}
+\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\dosubsubheading}
+\def\doheading#1{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\def\dosubheading#1{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\def\dosubsubheading#1{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+
+%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+
+\newskip\chapheadingskip
+
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+
+\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\CHAPPAGon
+
+\def\CHAPFplain{%
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
+
+% Normal chapter opening.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
+% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+%
+% To test against our argument.
+\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
+\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+%
+\def\chfplain#1#2#3{%
+ \pchapsepmacro
+ {%
+ \chapfonts \rm
+ %
+ % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
+ % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
+ % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+ %
+ % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
+ % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
+ \def\temptype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unnchap}%
+ \def\thischapter{#1}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \xdef\thischapter{}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
+ % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't
+ % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
+ %
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{numchap}%
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
+ % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
+ % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
+ %
+ % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
+ % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
+ % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
+ % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
+ % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
+ \donoderef{#2}%
+ %
+ % Typeset the actual heading.
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+ \unhbox0 #1\par}%
+ }%
+ \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
+\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
+ \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
+ \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+ \leftskip = \rightskip
+ \parfillskip = 0pt
+ }%
+ \chfplain{#1}{Ynothing}{}%
+}}
+
+\CHAPFplain % The default
+
+% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
+% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
+%
+\def\unnchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
+\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
+\par\penalty 5000 %
+}
+
+\def\centerchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\CHAPFopen{%
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+
+
+% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
+% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
+%
+\newskip\secheadingskip
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
+
+% Subsection titles.
+\newskip\subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
+
+% Subsubsection titles.
+\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
+\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
+
+
+% Print any size, any type, section title.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
+% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
+% section number.
+%
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
+ {%
+ % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+ \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+ %
+ % Insert space above the heading.
+ \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
+ %
+ % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
+ \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+ \def\temptype{#3}%
+ %
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unn}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
+ % and don't redefine \thissection.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \let\sectionlevel=\empty
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{num}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
+ %
+ % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
+ % Again, see comments in \chfplain.
+ \donoderef{#3}%
+ %
+ % Output the actual section heading.
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
+ \unhbox0 #1}%
+ }%
+ % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
+ % Don't allow stretch, though.
+ \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
+ %
+ % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
+ % was followed by glue.
+ \nobreak
+ %
+ % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
+ % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
+ % discardable item.)
+ \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % This \nobreak is purely so the last item on the list is a \penalty
+ % of 10000. This is so other code, for instance \parsebodycommon, can
+ % check for and avoid allowing breakpoints. Otherwise, it would
+ % insert a valid breakpoint between:
+ % @section sec-whatever
+ % @deffn def-whatever
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+
+\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.
+%
+% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
+% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
+% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
+% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
+% destination to jump to.
+%
+% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
+% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
+% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
+%
+\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
+ \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
+ \iftocfileopened\else
+ \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+ \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+ \fi
+ %
+ \iflinks
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ \toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}%
+ \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}%
+ {\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+ \temp
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
+ % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
+ % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
+ % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
+ % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
+ % `1', and two named `2'.
+ \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
+% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
+%
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+ % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+ % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
+ % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+ % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
+ \contentsalignmacro
+ \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+ %
+ % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+ % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+ \def\thischapter{}%
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+ %
+ \savepageno = \pageno
+ \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+ \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11
+ % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
+ % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
+ %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
+ \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+ \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ %
+ % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+ \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+}
+
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+\def\contents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \pdfmakeoutlines
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\def\summarycontents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+ %
+ \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+ % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+ \secfonts
+ \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+ \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+ \rm
+ \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+ \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+ \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+ % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+ % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+ % But use \hss just in case.
+ % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+ % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+ %
+ % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
+ % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
+ % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
+ % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
+ % there are before deciding ...
+ \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
+}
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Chapters, in the main contents.
+\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+%
+% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
+}
+
+% Appendices, in the main contents.
+% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
+%
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+ % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
+ \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
+%
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+
+% Unnumbered chapters.
+\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
+\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 2pc
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+ \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
+ \begingroup
+ \chapentryfonts
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+ \endgroup
+ \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
+% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We
+% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
+% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
+\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
+ % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is
+ % typeset in cmr, characters such as _ would come out wrong; we
+ % have to do the usual translation tricks.
+ \entry{#1}{#2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+ \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+ \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+ \vbox{
+ \hrule height\dimen2
+ \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
+ \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+ \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+ \hrule height\dimen2}
+ \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+
+\def\tex{\begingroup
+ \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+ \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+ \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
+ \catcode `\%=14
+ \catcode `\+=\other
+ \catcode `\"=\other
+ \catcode `\==\other
+ \catcode `\|=\other
+ \catcode `\<=\other
+ \catcode `\>=\other
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ %
+ \let\b=\ptexb
+ \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+ \let\c=\ptexc
+ \let\,=\ptexcomma
+ \let\.=\ptexdot
+ \let\dots=\ptexdots
+ \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+ \let\!=\ptexexclam
+ \let\i=\ptexi
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+ \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+ \let\+=\tabalign
+ \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+ \let\/=\ptexslash
+ \let\*=\ptexstar
+ \let\t=\ptext
+ %
+ \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+ \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+ \def\@{@}%
+\let\Etex=\endgroup}
+
+% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+% should produce a line of output anyway.
+%
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
+
+% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is
+% for use in \parsearg.
+{\sepspaces%
+\global\let\obeyedspace= }
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
+ % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
+ % or better ...
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \else \penalty-50 \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
+
+\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
+\font\circle=lcircle10
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+\def\cartouche{%
+\par % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+\begingroup
+ \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+ \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
+ \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+ \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+ \cartouter=\hsize
+ \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+% side, and for 6pt waste from
+% each corner char, and rule thickness
+ \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+ % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+ \let\nonarrowing=\comment
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+ \carttop
+ \hbox\bgroup
+ \hskip\lskip
+ \vrule\kern3pt
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \hsize=\cartinner
+ \kern3pt
+ \begingroup
+ \baselineskip=\normbskip
+ \lineskip=\normlskip
+ \parskip=\normpskip
+ \vskip -\parskip
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+ \endgroup
+ \kern3pt
+ \egroup
+ \kern3pt\vrule
+ \hskip\rskip
+ \egroup
+ \cartbot
+ \egroup
+\endgroup
+}}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
+ \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+ \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+ \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+ \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+ \parskip = 0pt
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
+ % at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+ \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+ \let\nonarrowing=\relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
+% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
+%
+% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
+% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep
+% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
+% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
+% the environment.
+%
+\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
+
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
+\def\lisp{\begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
+ \tt
+ \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+ \gobble % eat return
+}
+
+% @example: Same as @lisp.
+\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+\def\smalllisp{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts
+ \lisp
+}
+\let\smallexample = \smalllisp
+
+
+% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\def\display{\begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
+ \gobble
+}
+%
+% @smalldisplay: @display plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \display
+}
+
+% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\def\format{\begingroup
+ \let\nonarrowing = t
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
+ \gobble
+}
+%
+% @smallformat: @format plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smallformat{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \format
+}
+
+% @flushleft (same as @format).
+%
+\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+
+% @flushright.
+%
+\def\flushright{\begingroup
+ \let\nonarrowing = t
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ \gobble
+}
+
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins.
+%
+\def\quotation{%
+ \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
+ {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+ \parindent=0pt
+ % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+ % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
+ \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
+ %
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+ \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
+% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
+% verbatim line.
+\def\dospecials{%
+ \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
+ \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
+}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabeightspaces
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabexpand{%
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+ \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+ \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+ \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+ \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+ \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+ }%
+ }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+ % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \tt
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabexpand
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+ \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+ \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
+%% \begingroup
+%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
+%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
+%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
+%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
+%% |endgroup
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \obeylines %
+ % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
+ % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
+ % line in the output.
+ \gdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\end{verbatim}}%
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+ \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\verbatiminclude{%
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`~=\other
+ \catcode`^=\other
+ \catcode`_=\other
+ \catcode`|=\other
+ \catcode`<=\other
+ \catcode`>=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other
+ \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
+}
+\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
+ \begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\setupverbatim
+}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+ % Restore active chars for included file.
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \let\value=\expandablevalue
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
+ \endgroup
+ \nonfillfinish
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @copying ... @end copying.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be
+% allowed in this context, but that's ok.
+%
+% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
+% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
+% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
+% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
+% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
+% possible is very desirable.
+%
+\def\copying{\begingroup
+ % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'.
+ % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the
+ % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read
+ % it, but that doesn't matter.
+ \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}%
+ %
+ % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below.
+ \catcode`\^^M = \active
+ \docopying
+}
+
+% What we do to finish off the copying text.
+%
+\def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+
+% @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand,
+% we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they
+% must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every
+% end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active
+% definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still
+% generate a \par.
+%
+% Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally;
+% then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually
+% do \par.
+%
+% This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine
+% it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc
+% manual for man page generation.)
+%
+% Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably
+% fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which
+% should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok.
+%
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active %
+\gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup %
+ \parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page
+ \def^^M{%
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 %
+ \par %
+ \else %
+ \space \penalty 1 %
+ \fi %
+ }%
+ %
+ % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's.
+ \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}%
+ \let\comment = \c %
+ %
+ % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it
+ % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set.
+ \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}%
+ %
+ \copyingtext %
+\endgroup}%
+}
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+
+\newcount\parencount
+
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
+%
+\def\activeparens{%
+ \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+ \catcode`\&=\active
+ \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+
+\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
+\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+% This is used to turn on special parens
+% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
+\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
+
+% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
+% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
+\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested
+ \global\advance\parencount by 1
+}
+%
+% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
+\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+%
+\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
+ % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
+ \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
+ \global\advance \parencount by -1 }
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
+%
+\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
+} % End of definition inside \activeparens
+%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
+%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ]
+\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
+\let\ampnr = \&
+\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
+\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
+
+% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined.
+{
+ \catcode`& = \active
+ \global\let& = \ampnr
+}
+
+% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the function name.
+% #2 is the type of definition, such as "Function".
+%
+\def\defname#1#2{%
+ % How we'll output the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
+ % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+ % just below it.
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ \def\defnametype{}%
+ \else
+ \def\defnametype{[\rm #2]}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+ \dimen2=\leftskip
+ \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
+ %
+ % Figure out values for the paragraph shape.
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\defnametype}}%
+ \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
+ \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent % size for continuations
+ \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1
+ %
+ % Output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) but stuck inside a box of
+ % width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking.
+ \noindent
+ %
+ {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
+ % so that \rightline will obey them.
+ \advance \hsize by -\dimen2
+ \dimen3 = 0pt % was -1.25pc
+ \rlap{\rightline{\defnametype\kern\dimen3}}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+ \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ {\df #1}\enskip % output function name
+ % \defunargs will be called next to output the arguments, if any.
+}
+
+% Common pieces to start any @def...
+% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
+% #2 is the \...x control sequence (which our caller defines).
+% #3 is the control sequence to process the header, such as \defunheader.
+%
+\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
+ \begingroup\inENV
+ % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+ % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+ % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
+ % break somewhere. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by
+ % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+ % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break
+ % between a section heading and a defun.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
+ %
+ % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
+ % But do insert the glue.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \medbreak
+ \else \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Define the \E... end token that this defining construct specifies
+ % so that it will exit this group.
+ \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+ %
+ \parindent=0in
+ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+}
+
+% Common part of the \...x definitions.
+%
+\def\defxbodycommon{%
+ % As with \parsebodycommon above, allow line break if we have multiple
+ % x headers in a row. It's not a great place, though.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
+ %
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+}
+
+% Process body of @defun, @deffn, @defmac, etc.
+%
+\def\defparsebody#1#2#3{%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2{\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit#3}%
+ \catcode\equalChar=\active
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit#3%
+}
+
+% #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \parsebodycommon above).
+% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
+%
+\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ % The \empty here prevents misinterpretation of a construct such as
+ % @deffn {whatever} {Enharmonic comma}
+ % See comments at \deftpparsebody, although in our case we don't have
+ % to remove the \empty afterwards, since it is empty.
+ \spacesplit{#3{#4}}\empty
+}
+
+% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar.
+% #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \defparsebody).
+% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name.
+% #5 is the method's return type.
+%
+\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}%
+}
+
+% Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an
+% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it
+% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have
+% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the
+% input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for
+% the \E... definition to assign the category name to.
+%
+\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {\def#4{##1}%
+ \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}%
+}
+
+% For @defop.
+\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+ \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit{#3{#5}}%
+}
+
+% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
+% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
+% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
+%
+\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2{\defxbodycommon \spacesplit#3}%
+ \catcode\equalChar=\active
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit#3%
+}
+
+% @defopvar.
+\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+ \defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit{#3{#5}}%
+}
+
+\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
+}
+
+% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
+% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
+% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh.
+% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
+%
+% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That
+% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
+% won't strip off the braces.
+%
+\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
+}
+
+% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
+% braces (if any). That's what this does.
+%
+\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1}
+
+% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
+% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
+% (which might be empty) the arguments.
+%
+\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
+ #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}%
+}%
+
+% Split up #2 (the rest of the input line) at the first space token.
+% call #1 with two arguments:
+% the first is all of #2 before the space token,
+% the second is all of #2 after that space token.
+% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
+% and the second is passed as empty.
+%
+{\obeylines %
+ \gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitx{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitx}%
+ \long\gdef\spacesplitx#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitx{%
+ \ifx\relax #3%
+ #1{#2}{}%
+ \else %
+ #1{#2}{#3#4}%
+ \fi}%
+}
+
+% Define @defun.
+
+% This is called to end the arguments processing for all the @def... commands.
+%
+\def\defargscommonending{%
+ \interlinepenalty = 10000
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+ \endgraf
+ \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+ \penalty 10002 % signal to \parsebodycommon and \defxbodycommon.
+}
+
+% This expands the args and terminates the paragraph they comprise.
+%
+\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro.
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}%
+#1%
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}%
+\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
+ \defargscommonending
+}
+
+\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
+\boldbraxnoamp
+\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
+ \defargscommonending
+}
+
+% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
+
+% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
+
+\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
+
+\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defun == @deffn Function
+
+\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
+
+\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+
+\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
+
+% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
+% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
+\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}%
+\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+
+\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
+
+% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$
+% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
+\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$.${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
+
+% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
+% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup
+\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
+% at least some C++ text from working
+\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}%
+\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defmac == @deffn Macro
+
+\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
+
+\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
+
+\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
+
+\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
+\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
+%
+\def\defopheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% function index entry
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}%
+ \defunargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}%
+ \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader
+ \deftypeopcategory}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}
+ {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}%
+ \deftypefunargs{#4}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypemethod{%
+ \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
+ \deftypefunargs{#4}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME
+%
+\def\deftypeivar{%
+ \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name.
+\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}
+ {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defmethod == @defop Method
+%
+\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args.
+\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
+ \defunargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
+
+\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
+\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
+
+\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% variable index entry
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME
+%
+\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
+%
+\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in var index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defvar
+% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
+% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
+% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
+\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
+ \defargscommonending
+}
+
+% @defvr Counter foo-count
+
+\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
+
+\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
+
+% @defvar == @defvr Variable
+
+\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
+
+\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
+
+\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
+
+\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @deftypevar int foobar
+
+\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
+
+% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that
+% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
+\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
+\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}%
+ \defargscommonending
+\endgroup}
+\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
+
+\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
+
+\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}
+ \defargscommonending
+\endgroup}
+
+% Now define @deftp
+% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
+
+\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
+
+% @deftp Class window height width ...
+
+\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
+
+\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
+
+% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.)
+% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
+%
+\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
+\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
+\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
+\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
+\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
+\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
+
+
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+ \newwrite\macscribble
+ \def\scanmacro#1{%
+ \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
+ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+ \toks0={#1\endinput}%
+ \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+ \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+ \input \jobname.tmp
+ \endgroup
+}
+\else
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
+\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
+\fi
+
+\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
+\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
+ % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
+
+% Utility routines.
+% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\expandafter\let
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\csname#1\endcsname
+\csname#2\endcsname}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
+}
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
+
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+ \usembodybackslash}
+
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\\=\other}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+
+{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
+ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
+ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+ \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
+ \paramno=0%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+ \fi
+ \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+ \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+ \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
+ \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+ % Add the macroname to \macrolist
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
+ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
+ \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+ \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+ \fi}
+
+\def\unmacro{\parsearg\dounmacro}
+\def\dounmacro#1{%
+ \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+ \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+ \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+ \let\do\unmacrodo
+ \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
+% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
+%
+\def\unmacrodo#1{%
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ % remove this
+ \else
+ \noexpand\do \noexpand #1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
+% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
+% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+
+% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
+% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
+% it to # just before using the token list produced.
+%
+% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
+% the macro is used.
+
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+ \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+ \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+ \advance\paramno by 1%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+ {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
+ \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+ \fi\next}
+
+% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
+% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+
+\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+
+% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+\def\defmacro{%
+ \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+ \ifrecursive
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
+% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
+% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+ \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
+ \expandafter\parsearg
+ \fi \next}
+
+% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
+% expanded by \write.
+\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
+ \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces
+\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}%
+\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+
+\newwrite\auxfile
+
+\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+ node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
+% cross-references.
+\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
+\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+\let\nwnode=\node
+\let\lastnode=\empty
+
+% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
+% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
+%
+\def\donoderef#1{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
+ \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\empty
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+%
+\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% anchor), namely NAME-title (the corresponding @chapter/etc. name),
+% NAME-pg (the page number), and NAME-snt (section number and type).
+% Called from \foonoderef.
+%
+% We take care not to expand the title.
+%
+% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
+% and backslash work in node names.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{%
+ \pdfmkdest{#1}%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ \turnoffactive
+ \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
+ \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
+ ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
+ }
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}
+ \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
+ \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
+ \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
+ \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+ % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
+ % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
+ % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+ \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+ \else
+ % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+ % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+ % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
+ % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+ % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+ % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ \ifpdf
+ \leavevmode
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
+ \else
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \linkcolor
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \else
+ % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+ % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+ % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+ % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+ % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+ {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+ % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+ }%
+ % output the `[mynode]' via a macro.
+ \xrefprintnodename\printednodename
+ %
+ % But we always want a comma and a space:
+ ,\space
+ %
+ % output the `page 3'.
+ \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
+% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
+% since not square brackets don't work in some documents. Particularly
+% one that Bob is working on :).
+%
+\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
+
+% Things referred to by \setref.
+%
+\def\Ynothing{}
+\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
+\def\Ynumbered{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\Yappendix{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie
+ @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+ \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+ \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
+%
+\def\refx#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \otherbackslash
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
+ \csname X#1\endcsname
+ }%
+ \ifx\thisrefX\relax
+ % If not defined, say something at least.
+ \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+ \iflinks
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+ \else
+ \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+ \global\warnedxrefstrue
+ \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % It's defined, so just use it.
+ \thisrefX
+ \fi
+ #2% Output the suffix in any case.
+}
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
+%
+\def\xrdef#1{\expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
+\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^A=\other
+ \catcode`\^^B=\other
+ \catcode`\^^C=\other
+ \catcode`\^^D=\other
+ \catcode`\^^E=\other
+ \catcode`\^^F=\other
+ \catcode`\^^G=\other
+ \catcode`\^^H=\other
+ \catcode`\^^K=\other
+ \catcode`\^^L=\other
+ \catcode`\^^N=\other
+ \catcode`\^^P=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+ \catcode`\^^R=\other
+ \catcode`\^^S=\other
+ \catcode`\^^T=\other
+ \catcode`\^^U=\other
+ \catcode`\^^V=\other
+ \catcode`\^^W=\other
+ \catcode`\^^X=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Z=\other
+ \catcode`\^^[=\other
+ \catcode`\^^\=\other
+ \catcode`\^^]=\other
+ \catcode`\^^^=\other
+ \catcode`\^^_=\other
+ % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
+ % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
+ % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
+ % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
+ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
+ % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
+ % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
+ % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
+ %
+ % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
+ % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
+ % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
+ %
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ %
+ % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\[=\other
+ \catcode`\]=\other
+ \catcode`\"=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\$=\other
+ \catcode`\#=\other
+ \catcode`\&=\other
+ \catcode`\%=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
+ %
+ % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
+ {%
+ \count 1=128
+ \def\loop{%
+ \catcode\count 1=\other
+ \advance\count 1 by 1
+ \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
+ % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
+ % For example, @xrdef{$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
+ % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
+ % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ %
+ % @ is our escape character in .aux files.
+ \catcode`\{=1
+ \catcode`\}=2
+ \catcode`\@=0
+ %
+ \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.aux
+ \global\havexrefstrue
+ \fi
+ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+ \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% Footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
+% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+
+{\catcode `\@=11
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+ \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
+ \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+ %
+ % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+ % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+ \let\@sf\empty
+ \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
+ %
+ % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+ \unskip
+ \thisfootno\@sf
+ \dofootnote
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
+%
+% The start of the footnote looks usually like this:
+\gdef\startfootins{\insert\footins\bgroup}
+%
+% ... but this macro is redefined inside @multitable.
+%
+\gdef\dofootnote{%
+ \startfootins
+ % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+ % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+ % So reset some parameters.
+ \hsize=\pagewidth
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+ \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+ \floatingpenalty\@MM
+ \leftskip\z@skip
+ \rightskip\z@skip
+ \spaceskip\z@skip
+ \xspaceskip\z@skip
+ \parindent\defaultparindent
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ %
+ % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+ % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
+ % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
+ % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
+ \let\noindent = \relax
+ %
+ % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
+ % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
+ \everypar = {\hang}%
+ \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+ %
+ % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
+ % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+ % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+ \footstrut
+ \futurelet\next\fo@t
+}
+}%end \catcode `\@=11
+
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
+% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+%
+\def\|{%
+ % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+ \leavevmode
+ %
+ % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+ \vadjust{%
+ % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+ % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+ \vskip-\baselineskip
+ %
+ % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
+ % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+ \llap{%
+ %
+ % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+ \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+ %
+ % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+ \hskip 12pt
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+
+% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+ % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
+ \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+ \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+ work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+ it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+%
+\def\image#1{%
+ \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+ \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+ \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+ \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+ \global\warnednoepsftrue
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
+ \fi
+}
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+\newif\ifimagevmode
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+ \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
+ % If the image is by itself, center it.
+ \ifvmode
+ \imagevmodetrue
+ \nobreak\bigskip
+ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+ % above and below.
+ \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+ \nobreak
+ \line\bgroup\hss
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Output the image.
+ \ifpdf
+ \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \else
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
+\endgroup}
+
+
+\message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage}
+\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{%
+ \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+ % Read the file if it exists.
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof1
+ \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+ \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+ \let\temp = \relax
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+ \endgroup
+}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+
+\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
+\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 2000
+
+% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+ \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+ % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+ \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+ \else
+ \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
+% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8)
+% physical page width.
+%
+% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+ \voffset = #3\relax
+ \topskip = #6\relax
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ %
+ \vsize = #1\relax
+ \advance\vsize by \topskip
+ \outervsize = \vsize
+ \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
+ \pageheight = \vsize
+ %
+ \hsize = #2\relax
+ \outerhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+ \pagewidth = \hsize
+ %
+ \normaloffset = #4\relax
+ \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+ %
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \setleading{\textleading}
+ %
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+ \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+ \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+ {11in}{8.5in}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+ \textleading = 12pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+ {9.25in}{7in}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = .5cm
+}}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
+ % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
+ % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
+ % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
+ % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
+ % your texinfo source file like this:
+ % @tex
+ % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
+ % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
+ % @end tex
+ \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 5mm
+}}
+
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+ \textleading = 12.5pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+ {210mm}{148mm}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+ \tolerance = 800
+ \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 2mm
+ \tableindent = 12mm
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+ {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+ {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
+\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \globaldefs = 1
+ %
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \setleading{\textleading}%
+ %
+ \dimen0 = #1
+ \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
+ %
+ \dimen2 = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
+ {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other
+\catcode`\~=\other
+\catcode`\^=\other
+\catcode`\_=\other
+\catcode`\|=\other
+\catcode`\<=\other
+\catcode`\>=\other
+\catcode`\+=\other
+\catcode`\$=\other
+\def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\def\normaltilde{~}
+\def\normalcaret{^}
+\def\normalunderscore{_}
+\def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\def\normalless{<}
+\def\normalgreater{>}
+\def\normalplus{+}
+\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
+% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
+% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
+%
+% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
+% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
+% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
+% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Turn off all special characters except @
+% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active
+\def~{{\tt\char126}}
+\chardef\hat=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active
+\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+% Subroutine for the previous macro.
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+
+\catcode`\|=\active
+\def|{{\tt\char124}}
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active
+\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
+\catcode`\+=\active
+\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
+{\catcode`\==\active
+\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
+
+\catcode`+=\active
+\catcode`\_=\active
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
+% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
+\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+\catcode`\@=0
+
+% \rawbackslashxx outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
+
+% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \rawbackslashxx.
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\active
+ @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx}
+ @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
+}
+
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
+
+% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
+\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
+
+\catcode`\\=\active
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
+% even after parsing them.
+@def@turnoffactive{%
+ @let"=@normaldoublequote
+ @let\=@realbackslash
+ @let~=@normaltilde
+ @let^=@normalcaret
+ @let_=@normalunderscore
+ @let|=@normalverticalbar
+ @let<=@normalless
+ @let>=@normalgreater
+ @let+=@normalplus
+ @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+}
+
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
+% effect.)
+%
+@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash}
+
+% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
+% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
+@otherifyactive
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
+% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
+% a backslash.
+%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
+@global@let\ = @eatinput
+
+% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
+% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
+% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
+% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+%
+@gdef@fixbackslash{%
+ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+ @catcode`+=@active
+ @catcode`@_=@active
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
+
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+@catcode`@& = @other
+@catcode`@# = @other
+@catcode`@% = @other
+
+@c Set initial fonts.
+@textfonts
+@rm
+
+
+@c Local variables:
+@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
+@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+@c time-stamp-end: "}"
+@c End:
+
+@ignore
+ arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
+@end ignore
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Author: Pekka Riikonen <priikone@silcnet.org>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2005 Pekka Riikonen
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+# met:
+#
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+# products derived from this software without specific prior written
+# permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+# OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
+# NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+# TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+# PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+# NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+# SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+
+AUTODIST="@AUTODIST@"
+
+$AUTODIST $@ -m
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Makefile.am
+#
+# Author: Pekka Riikonen <priikone@silcnet.org>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2005 Pekka Riikonen
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.0 no-dependencies foreign
+
+TESTS = \
+ autodist1.test \
+ autodist2.test
+
+clean-local:
+ -rm -rf test
+
+EXTRA_DIST = $(TESTS)
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+
+AUTODIST=../../autodist
+
+rm -rf test
+mkdir test
+
+cd test || exit 1
+
+chmod +x $AUTODIST || exit 1
+
+cat << EOF > configure.ad
+AD_INIT
+#ifdef _DIST_DEFAULT
+AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(config.h)
+AD_INCLUDE_CONFIGURE
+AC_CONFIG_FILES(
+Makefile
+)
+AC_OUTPUT
+echo configure.ad ok
+#endif _DIST_DEFAULT
+EOF
+
+cat << EOF > Makefile.ad
+SUBDIRS= \
+#ifdef _DIST_NODEF
+ nodef \
+#endif _DIST_NODEF
+#endif
+EOF
+
+rm -rf distdir subdir
+mkdir -p subdir || exit 1
+
+cat << EOF > subdir/configure.ad
+# subdir/configure.ad fragment
+#ifndef _DIST_NODEF
+echo "_DIST_NODEF ok"
+#endif _DIST_NODEF
+EOF
+
+$AUTODIST -i || exit 1
+if test '!' -d distdir; then
+ echo "error: distdir/ does no exist"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+cp -p ../../default distdir || exit 1
+cp -p ../../autodist.conf distdir || exit 1
+
+touch README NEWS AUTHORS ChangeLog
+
+$AUTODIST || exit 1
+
+./configure || exit 1
+make || exit 1
+echo make ok
+
+echo test ok
+
+# Cleanup
+rm -rf subdir distdir
+
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+
+AUTODIST=../../autodist
+
+rm -rf test
+mkdir test
+
+cd test || exit 1
+
+chmod +x $AUTODIST || exit 1
+
+cat << EOF > configure.ad
+AD_INIT
+#ifdef _DIST_TEST
+AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(config.h)
+AD_INCLUDE_CONFIGURE
+AC_CONFIG_FILES(
+Makefile
+)
+AC_OUTPUT
+echo configure.ad ok
+#endif _DIST_TEST
+EOF
+
+cat << EOF > Makefile.ad
+SUBDIRS= \
+#ifndef _DIST_TEST
+ nodef \
+#endif _DIST_TEST
+#endif
+EOF
+
+rm -rf distdir subdir
+mkdir -p subdir || exit 1
+
+cat << EOF > subdir/configure.ad
+# subdir/configure.ad fragment
+#ifndef _DIST_NODEF
+#ifdef _DIST_TEST
+echo "_DIST_NODEF ok"
+#endif _DIST_TEST
+#endif _DIST_NODEF
+EOF
+
+$AUTODIST -i || exit 1
+if test '!' -d distdir; then
+ echo "error: distdir/ does no exist"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+cp -p ../../default distdir || exit 1
+cp -p ../../autodist.conf distdir || exit 1
+
+cat << EOF > distdir/test
+name Test Distribution
+package test-distro
+bug-report test-dist@test.org
+define _DIST_TEST
+EOF
+
+touch README NEWS AUTHORS ChangeLog
+
+echo "inherit test" >> distdir/default
+
+$AUTODIST || exit 1
+$AUTODIST test 1.0 || exit 1
+
+./configure || exit 1
+make || exit 1
+echo make ok
+
+$AUTODIST -m || exit 1
+
+if test '!' -f test-distro-1.0.tar.gz; then
+ echo "error: makedist failed"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+echo test ok
+
+# Cleanup
+rm -rf subdir distdir
+
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2004-07-19'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>.
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
+# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
+# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+#
+# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
+# don't specify an explicit build system type.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+ exit 1 ;;
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+ echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
+
+set_cc_for_build='
+trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
+trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
+: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
+ { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+ { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
+ { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
+ { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
+dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
+tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
+ for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+ if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
+ fi ;
+ done ;
+ if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
+ fi
+ ;;
+ ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac ;'
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ *:NetBSD:*:*)
+ # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+ # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+ # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
+ # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+ # object file format. This provides both forward
+ # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+ # object file format.
+ #
+ # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+ # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
+ sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+ arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+ sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+ sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+ *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
+ esac
+ # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+ # to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
+ then
+ # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+ # Return netbsd for either. FIX?
+ os=netbsd
+ else
+ os=netbsdelf
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=netbsd
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # The OS release
+ # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
+ # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
+ # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
+ # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
+ case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ Debian*)
+ release='-gnu'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+ # contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+ # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+ echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ amd64:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ amiga:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ arc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ cats:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo arm-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp300:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ luna88k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ macppc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ pmax:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sgi:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipseb-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun3:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
+ echo powerppc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:MirBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+ case $UNAME_RELEASE in
+ *4.0)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
+ ;;
+ *5.*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
+ # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that
+ # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU
+ # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
+ ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
+ case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
+ "EV4 (21064)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "EV4.5 (21064)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "EV5 (21164)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
+ "EV5.6 (21164A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
+ "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
+ "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
+ "EV6 (21264)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
+ "EV6.7 (21264A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
+ "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
+ "EV7 (21364)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
+ "EV7.9 (21364A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
+ esac
+ # A Pn.n version is a patched version.
+ # A Vn.n version is a released version.
+ # A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+ # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+ # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
+ # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+ # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
+ # of the specific Alpha model?
+ echo alpha-pc-interix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
+ echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
+ exit 0;;
+ *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:OS/390:*:*)
+ echo i370-ibm-openedition
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:OS400:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-ibm-os400
+ exit 0 ;;
+ arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+ echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0;;
+ SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+ exit 0;;
+ Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
+ # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+ if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
+ else
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
+ echo sparc-icl-nx6
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7*)
+ case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
+ sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7 && exit 0 ;;
+ esac ;;
+ sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+ # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+ # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+ # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+ echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+ case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
+ Series*|S4*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+ echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+ case "`/bin/arch`" in
+ sun3)
+ echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ ;;
+ sun4)
+ echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ ;;
+ esac
+ exit 0 ;;
+ aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+ echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
+ # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+ # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+ # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+ # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
+ # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+ # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+ # be no problem.
+ atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m68k:machten:*:*)
+ echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ powerpc:machten:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+ echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+ echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+ echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
+ echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
+ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+ int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
+ #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c \
+ && $dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \
+ && exit 0
+ echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+ echo m88k-harris-cxux7
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+ # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+ if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
+ then
+ if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+ then
+ echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ else
+ echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ else
+ echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
+ echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M88*:*:R3*:*)
+ # Delta 88k system running SVR3
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+ echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+ echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:IRIX*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+ echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+ exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+ i*86:AIX:*:*)
+ echo i386-ibm-aix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ia64:AIX:*:*)
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:AIX:2:3)
+ if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+
+ main()
+ {
+ if (!__power_pc())
+ exit(1);
+ puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+ exit(0);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+ elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+ else
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:AIX:*:[45])
+ IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+ if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+ else
+ IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+ fi
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:AIX:*:*)
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
+ echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
+ echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
+ exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+ *:BOSX:*:*)
+ echo rs6000-bull-bosx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+ echo m68k-bull-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+ echo m68k-hp-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+ echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+ 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+ 9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
+ sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+ sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+ case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+ 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+ 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+ 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+ case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+ 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+ 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+ '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+
+ #define _HPUX_SOURCE
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
+
+ int main ()
+ {
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+ #endif
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ switch (bits)
+ {
+ case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+ case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ } break;
+ #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+ puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ #endif
+ default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ }
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
+ test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
+ fi ;;
+ esac
+ if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
+ then
+ # avoid double evaluation of $set_cc_for_build
+ test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" || eval $set_cc_for_build
+ if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E -) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
+ then
+ HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
+ else
+ HP_ARCH="hppa64"
+ fi
+ fi
+ echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <unistd.h>
+ int
+ main ()
+ {
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+ /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+ true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+ results, however. */
+ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+ {
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+ puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0
+ echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:OSF1:*:*)
+ if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+ echo c1-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+ if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+ then echo c32-convex-bsd
+ else echo c2-convex-bsd
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+ echo c34-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+ echo c38-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+ echo c4-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+ echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
+ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
+ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+ echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+ echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+ echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
+ echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:MINGW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:PW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
+ exit 0 ;;
+ x86:Interix*:[34]*)
+ echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/\..*//'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
+ echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
+ # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+ # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
+ # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
+ echo i586-pc-interix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:UWIN*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
+ exit 0 ;;
+ p*:CYGWIN*:*)
+ echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
+ exit 0 ;;
+ prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:GNU:*:*)
+ # the GNU system
+ echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:GNU/*:*:*)
+ # other systems with GNU libc and userland
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:Minix:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ arm*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ cris:Linux:*:*)
+ echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ia64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m32r*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m68*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mips:Linux:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #undef CPU
+ #undef mips
+ #undef mipsel
+ #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+ CPU=mipsel
+ #else
+ #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+ CPU=mips
+ #else
+ CPU=
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
+ test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ mips64:Linux:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #undef CPU
+ #undef mips64
+ #undef mips64el
+ #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+ CPU=mips64el
+ #else
+ #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+ CPU=mips64
+ #else
+ CPU=
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
+ test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ ppc:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ alpha:Linux:*:*)
+ case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
+ EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+ EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+ PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+ EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+ EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+ esac
+ objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
+ if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
+ # Look for CPU level
+ case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+ PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ esac
+ exit 0 ;;
+ parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sh64*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sh*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ x86_64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:Linux:*:*)
+ # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
+ # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
+ # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
+ # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
+ ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
+ | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
+ s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
+ s/.*supported targets: *//
+ s/ .*//
+ p'`
+ case "$ld_supported_targets" in
+ elf32-i386)
+ TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
+ ;;
+ a.out-i386-linux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ coff-i386)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ "")
+ # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
+ # one that does not give us useful --help.
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ esac
+ # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <features.h>
+ #ifdef __ELF__
+ # ifdef __GLIBC__
+ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+ LIBC=gnu
+ # else
+ LIBC=gnulibc1
+ # endif
+ # else
+ LIBC=gnulibc1
+ # endif
+ #else
+ #ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
+ LIBC=gnu
+ #else
+ LIBC=gnuaout
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #ifdef __dietlibc__
+ LIBC=dietlibc
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=`
+ test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0
+ test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+ # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
+ # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
+ # sysname and nodename.
+ echo i386-sequent-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
+ # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+ # number series starting with 2...
+ # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+ # I just have to hope. -- rms.
+ # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:OS/2:*:*)
+ # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+ # is probably installed.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:atheos:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:syllable:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+ echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*DOS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+ UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
+ if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*:5:[78]*)
+ case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
+ *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
+ *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
+ *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*:3.2:*)
+ if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+ UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
+ elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ pc:*:*:*)
+ # Left here for compatibility:
+ # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+ # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
+ echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+ echo i386-pc-mach3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ paragon:*:*:*)
+ echo i860-intel-osf1
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+ if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+ else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+ echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+ # "miniframe"
+ echo m68010-convergent-sysv
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
+ echo m68k-convergent-sysv
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
+ echo m68k-diab-dnix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
+ test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
+ 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
+ OS_REL=''
+ test -r /etc/.relid \
+ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+ && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;;
+ 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;;
+ m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sni-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sni-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
+ else
+ echo ns32k-sni-sysv
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+ # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
+ echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+ # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
+ # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+ echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:*:*:FTX*)
+ # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+ echo i860-stratus-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:VOS:*:*)
+ # From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+ echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+ echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
+ echo mips-sony-newsos6
+ exit 0 ;;
+ R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
+ echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ else
+ echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+ echo powerpc-be-beos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+ echo powerpc-apple-beos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+ echo i586-pc-beos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:Darwin:*:*)
+ case `uname -p` in
+ *86) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i686 ;;
+ powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+ if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
+ UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:QNX:*:4*)
+ echo i386-pc-qnx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+ echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+ echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:Plan9:*:*)
+ # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+ # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+ # operating systems.
+ if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+ else
+ UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:TOPS-10:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:TENEX:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
+ exit 0 ;;
+ KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-dec-tops20
+ exit 0 ;;
+ XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:ITS:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-its
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
+ echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:DragonFly:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:*VMS:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ A*) echo alpha-dec-vms && exit 0 ;;
+ I*) echo ia64-dec-vms && exit 0 ;;
+ V*) echo vax-dec-vms && exit 0 ;;
+ esac
+esac
+
+#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
+#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
+
+eval $set_cc_for_build
+cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+ /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+ I don't know.... */
+ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include <sys/param.h>
+ printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+ "4"
+#else
+ ""
+#endif
+ ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
+ printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+ printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+ int version;
+ version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+ if (version < 4)
+ printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ else
+ printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+ printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+ printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+ printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+ struct utsname un;
+
+ uname(&un);
+
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+# if !defined (ultrix)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# if defined (BSD)
+# if BSD == 43
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
+# else
+# if BSD == 199006
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+# endif
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+ printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+ exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && $dummy && exit 0
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; }
+
+# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
+
+if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
+then
+ case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
+ c1*)
+ echo c1-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c2*)
+ if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+ then echo c32-convex-bsd
+ else echo c2-convex-bsd
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c34*)
+ echo c34-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c38*)
+ echo c38-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c4*)
+ echo c4-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+cat >&2 <<EOF
+$0: unable to guess system type
+
+This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
+the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
+download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
+
+ ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/config/
+
+If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
+send the following data and any information you think might be
+pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
+information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
+UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
+UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
+EOF
+
+exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2004-06-24'
+
+# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
+# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
+# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
+ $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
+ exit 1 ;;
+
+ *local*)
+ # First pass through any local machine types.
+ echo $1
+ exit 0;;
+
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+esac
+
+# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
+# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
+maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
+case $maybe_os in
+ nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | \
+ kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+ os=-$maybe_os
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
+ if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
+ then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
+ else os=; fi
+ ;;
+esac
+
+### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
+### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also
+### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
+### can provide default operating systems below.
+case $os in
+ -sun*os*)
+ # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
+ ;;
+ -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
+ -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
+ -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
+ -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
+ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
+ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
+ -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
+ os=
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
+ os=
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -scout)
+ ;;
+ -wrs)
+ os=-vxworks
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -chorusos*)
+ os=-chorusos
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -chorusrdb)
+ os=-chorusrdb
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -hiux*)
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ -sco5)
+ os=-sco3.2v5
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco4)
+ os=-sco3.2v4
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco3.2v[4-9]*)
+ # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco*)
+ os=-sco3.2v2
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -udk*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -isc)
+ os=-isc2.2
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -clix*)
+ basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
+ ;;
+ -isc*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -lynx*)
+ os=-lynxos
+ ;;
+ -ptx*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
+ ;;
+ -windowsnt*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
+ ;;
+ -psos*)
+ os=-psos
+ ;;
+ -mint | -mint[0-9]*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-atari
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
+case $basic_machine in
+ # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+ # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
+ 1750a | 580 \
+ | a29k \
+ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
+ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
+ | am33_2.0 \
+ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \
+ | c4x | clipper \
+ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+ | fr30 | frv \
+ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
+ | ip2k | iq2000 \
+ | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \
+ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
+ | mips16 \
+ | mips64 | mips64el \
+ | mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
+ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
+ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
+ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
+ | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
+ | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
+ | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+ | mn10200 | mn10300 \
+ | msp430 \
+ | ns16k | ns32k \
+ | openrisc | or32 \
+ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
+ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
+ | pyramid \
+ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+ | sh64 | sh64le \
+ | sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \
+ | strongarm \
+ | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
+ | v850 | v850e \
+ | we32k \
+ | x86 | xscale | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+ | z8k)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ ;;
+ m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
+ # Motorola 68HC11/12.
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
+ ;;
+
+ # We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+ # because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+ # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+ i*86 | x86_64)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
+ ;;
+ # Object if more than one company name word.
+ *-*-*)
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
+ 580-* \
+ | a29k-* \
+ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
+ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
+ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
+ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
+ | avr-* \
+ | bs2000-* \
+ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
+ | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
+ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
+ | elxsi-* \
+ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+ | h8300-* | h8500-* \
+ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
+ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
+ | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
+ | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
+ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
+ | m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \
+ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
+ | mips16-* \
+ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \
+ | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
+ | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
+ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
+ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
+ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
+ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
+ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
+ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
+ | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
+ | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
+ | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+ | mmix-* \
+ | msp430-* \
+ | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+ | orion-* \
+ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
+ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
+ | pyramid-* \
+ | romp-* | rs6000-* \
+ | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \
+ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
+ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \
+ | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+ | tahoe-* | thumb-* \
+ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
+ | tron-* \
+ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
+ | we32k-* \
+ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xstormy16-* \
+ | xtensa-* \
+ | ymp-* \
+ | z8k-*)
+ ;;
+ # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+ # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+ 386bsd)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+ basic_machine=m68000-att
+ ;;
+ 3b*)
+ basic_machine=we32k-att
+ ;;
+ a29khif)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ abacus)
+ basic_machine=abacus-unknown
+ ;;
+ adobe68k)
+ basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+ os=-scout
+ ;;
+ alliant | fx80)
+ basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+ ;;
+ altos | altos3068)
+ basic_machine=m68k-altos
+ ;;
+ am29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-none
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ amd64)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+ ;;
+ amd64-*)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ amdahl)
+ basic_machine=580-amdahl
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ amiga | amiga-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ ;;
+ amigaos | amigados)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ os=-amigaos
+ ;;
+ amigaunix | amix)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ apollo68)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ apollo68bsd)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ aux)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apple
+ os=-aux
+ ;;
+ balance)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+ os=-dynix
+ ;;
+ c90)
+ basic_machine=c90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ convex-c1)
+ basic_machine=c1-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c2)
+ basic_machine=c2-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c32)
+ basic_machine=c32-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c34)
+ basic_machine=c34-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c38)
+ basic_machine=c38-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ cray | j90)
+ basic_machine=j90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ craynv)
+ basic_machine=craynv-cray
+ os=-unicosmp
+ ;;
+ cr16c)
+ basic_machine=cr16c-unknown
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ crds | unos)
+ basic_machine=m68k-crds
+ ;;
+ cris | cris-* | etrax*)
+ basic_machine=cris-axis
+ ;;
+ crx)
+ basic_machine=crx-unknown
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ da30 | da30-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-da30
+ ;;
+ decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+ basic_machine=mips-dec
+ ;;
+ decsystem10* | dec10*)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+ os=-tops10
+ ;;
+ decsystem20* | dec20*)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+ basic_machine=m68k-motorola
+ ;;
+ delta88)
+ basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ dpx20 | dpx20-*)
+ basic_machine=rs6000-bull
+ os=-bosx
+ ;;
+ dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
+ basic_machine=m68k-bull
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ ebmon29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-ebmon
+ ;;
+ elxsi)
+ basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ encore | umax | mmax)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-encore
+ ;;
+ es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
+ basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ fx2800)
+ basic_machine=i860-alliant
+ ;;
+ genix)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-ns
+ ;;
+ gmicro)
+ basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ go32)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-go32
+ ;;
+ h3050r* | hiux*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ h8300hms)
+ basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ h8300xray)
+ basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+ os=-xray
+ ;;
+ h8500hms)
+ basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ harris)
+ basic_machine=m88k-harris
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ hp300-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ ;;
+ hp300bsd)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ hp300hpux)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ os=-hpux
+ ;;
+ hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+ basic_machine=m68000-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
+ # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
+ # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hppa-next)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ hppaosf)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ hppro)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ i370-ibm* | ibm*)
+ basic_machine=i370-ibm
+ ;;
+# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
+ i*86v32)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv32
+ ;;
+ i*86v4*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ i*86v)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ i*86sol2)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ i386mach)
+ basic_machine=i386-mach
+ os=-mach
+ ;;
+ i386-vsta | vsta)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-vsta
+ ;;
+ iris | iris4d)
+ basic_machine=mips-sgi
+ case $os in
+ -irix*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-irix4
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ isi68 | isi)
+ basic_machine=m68k-isi
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ m88k-omron*)
+ basic_machine=m88k-omron
+ ;;
+ magnum | m3230)
+ basic_machine=mips-mips
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ merlin)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ mingw32)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-mingw32
+ ;;
+ miniframe)
+ basic_machine=m68000-convergent
+ ;;
+ *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-atari
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ mips3*-*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
+ ;;
+ mips3*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
+ ;;
+ monitor)
+ basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ morphos)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+ os=-morphos
+ ;;
+ msdos)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-msdos
+ ;;
+ mvs)
+ basic_machine=i370-ibm
+ os=-mvs
+ ;;
+ ncr3000)
+ basic_machine=i486-ncr
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ netbsd386)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-netbsd
+ ;;
+ netwinder)
+ basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ news1000)
+ basic_machine=m68030-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ news-3600 | risc-news)
+ basic_machine=mips-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ necv70)
+ basic_machine=v70-nec
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ next | m*-next )
+ basic_machine=m68k-next
+ case $os in
+ -nextstep* )
+ ;;
+ -ns2*)
+ os=-nextstep2
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ nh3000)
+ basic_machine=m68k-harris
+ os=-cxux
+ ;;
+ nh[45]000)
+ basic_machine=m88k-harris
+ os=-cxux
+ ;;
+ nindy960)
+ basic_machine=i960-intel
+ os=-nindy
+ ;;
+ mon960)
+ basic_machine=i960-intel
+ os=-mon960
+ ;;
+ nonstopux)
+ basic_machine=mips-compaq
+ os=-nonstopux
+ ;;
+ np1)
+ basic_machine=np1-gould
+ ;;
+ nsr-tandem)
+ basic_machine=nsr-tandem
+ ;;
+ op50n-* | op60c-*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ or32 | or32-*)
+ basic_machine=or32-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ os400)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+ os=-os400
+ ;;
+ OSE68000 | ose68000)
+ basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ os68k)
+ basic_machine=m68k-none
+ os=-os68k
+ ;;
+ pa-hitachi)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ paragon)
+ basic_machine=i860-intel
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ pbd)
+ basic_machine=sparc-tti
+ ;;
+ pbb)
+ basic_machine=m68k-tti
+ ;;
+ pc532 | pc532-*)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
+ ;;
+ pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
+ basic_machine=i586-pc
+ ;;
+ pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ ;;
+ pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ ;;
+ pentium4)
+ basic_machine=i786-pc
+ ;;
+ pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
+ basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
+ basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
+ basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentium4-*)
+ basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pn)
+ basic_machine=pn-gould
+ ;;
+ power) basic_machine=power-ibm
+ ;;
+ ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
+ basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+ basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
+ basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
+ basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ps2)
+ basic_machine=i386-ibm
+ ;;
+ pw32)
+ basic_machine=i586-unknown
+ os=-pw32
+ ;;
+ rom68k)
+ basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ rm[46]00)
+ basic_machine=mips-siemens
+ ;;
+ rtpc | rtpc-*)
+ basic_machine=romp-ibm
+ ;;
+ s390 | s390-*)
+ basic_machine=s390-ibm
+ ;;
+ s390x | s390x-*)
+ basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+ ;;
+ sa29200)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ sb1)
+ basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
+ ;;
+ sb1el)
+ basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
+ ;;
+ sei)
+ basic_machine=mips-sei
+ os=-seiux
+ ;;
+ sequent)
+ basic_machine=i386-sequent
+ ;;
+ sh)
+ basic_machine=sh-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ sh64)
+ basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+ ;;
+ sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
+ basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ sps7)
+ basic_machine=m68k-bull
+ os=-sysv2
+ ;;
+ spur)
+ basic_machine=spur-unknown
+ ;;
+ st2000)
+ basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+ ;;
+ stratus)
+ basic_machine=i860-stratus
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ sun2)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ ;;
+ sun2os3)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun2os4)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun3os3)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun3os4)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun4os3)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun4os4)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun4sol2)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ sun3 | sun3-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ ;;
+ sun4)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ ;;
+ sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+ basic_machine=i386-sun
+ ;;
+ sv1)
+ basic_machine=sv1-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ symmetry)
+ basic_machine=i386-sequent
+ os=-dynix
+ ;;
+ t3e)
+ basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ t90)
+ basic_machine=t90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ tic54x | c54x*)
+ basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tic55x | c55x*)
+ basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tic6x | c6x*)
+ basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tx39)
+ basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
+ ;;
+ tx39el)
+ basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
+ ;;
+ toad1)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ tower | tower-32)
+ basic_machine=m68k-ncr
+ ;;
+ tpf)
+ basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+ os=-tpf
+ ;;
+ udi29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ ultra3)
+ basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+ os=-sym1
+ ;;
+ v810 | necv810)
+ basic_machine=v810-nec
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ vaxv)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ vms)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ os=-vms
+ ;;
+ vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+ basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
+ ;;
+ vxworks960)
+ basic_machine=i960-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ vxworks68)
+ basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ vxworks29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ w65*)
+ basic_machine=w65-wdc
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ w89k-*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ xps | xps100)
+ basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
+ ;;
+ ymp)
+ basic_machine=ymp-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ z8k-*-coff)
+ basic_machine=z8k-unknown
+ os=-sim
+ ;;
+ none)
+ basic_machine=none-none
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+
+# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
+# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+ w89k)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+ ;;
+ op50n)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ ;;
+ op60c)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ ;;
+ romp)
+ basic_machine=romp-ibm
+ ;;
+ mmix)
+ basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+ ;;
+ rs6000)
+ basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+ ;;
+ vax)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ ;;
+ pdp10)
+ # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
+ basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
+ ;;
+ pdp11)
+ basic_machine=pdp11-dec
+ ;;
+ we32k)
+ basic_machine=we32k-att
+ ;;
+ sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+ basic_machine=sh-unknown
+ ;;
+ sh64)
+ basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+ ;;
+ sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ ;;
+ cydra)
+ basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
+ ;;
+ orion)
+ basic_machine=orion-highlevel
+ ;;
+ orion105)
+ basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
+ ;;
+ mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apple
+ ;;
+ pmac | pmac-mpw)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-apple
+ ;;
+ *-unknown)
+ # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $basic_machine in
+ *-digital*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
+ ;;
+ *-commodore*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
+then
+case $os in
+ # First match some system type aliases
+ # that might get confused with valid system types.
+ # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+ -solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+ ;;
+ -solaris)
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ -svr4*)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -unixware*)
+ os=-sysv4.2uw
+ ;;
+ -gnu/linux*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
+ ;;
+ # First accept the basic system types.
+ # The portable systems comes first.
+ # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
+ # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
+ -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
+ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
+ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
+ | -aos* \
+ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
+ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
+ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* \
+ | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
+ | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
+ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
+ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
+ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-uclibc* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
+ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
+ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
+ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
+ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
+ | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly*)
+ # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
+ ;;
+ -qnx*)
+ case $basic_machine in
+ x86-* | i*86-*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-nto$os
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ -nto-qnx*)
+ ;;
+ -nto*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
+ ;;
+ -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
+ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \
+ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
+ ;;
+ -mac*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+ ;;
+ -linux-dietlibc)
+ os=-linux-dietlibc
+ ;;
+ -linux*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
+ ;;
+ -sunos5*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+ ;;
+ -sunos6*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+ ;;
+ -opened*)
+ os=-openedition
+ ;;
+ -os400*)
+ os=-os400
+ ;;
+ -wince*)
+ os=-wince
+ ;;
+ -osfrose*)
+ os=-osfrose
+ ;;
+ -osf*)
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ -utek*)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -dynix*)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -acis*)
+ os=-aos
+ ;;
+ -atheos*)
+ os=-atheos
+ ;;
+ -syllable*)
+ os=-syllable
+ ;;
+ -386bsd)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -ctix* | -uts*)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ -nova*)
+ os=-rtmk-nova
+ ;;
+ -ns2 )
+ os=-nextstep2
+ ;;
+ -nsk*)
+ os=-nsk
+ ;;
+ # Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+ -sinix5.*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+ ;;
+ -sinix*)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -tpf*)
+ os=-tpf
+ ;;
+ -triton*)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -oss*)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -svr4)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -svr3)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -sysvr4)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ # This must come after -sysvr4.
+ -sysv*)
+ ;;
+ -ose*)
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ -es1800*)
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ -xenix)
+ os=-xenix
+ ;;
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ -aros*)
+ os=-aros
+ ;;
+ -kaos*)
+ os=-kaos
+ ;;
+ -none)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
+ os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+case $basic_machine in
+ *-acorn)
+ os=-riscix1.2
+ ;;
+ arm*-rebel)
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ arm*-semi)
+ os=-aout
+ ;;
+ c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ # This must come before the *-dec entry.
+ pdp10-*)
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ pdp11-*)
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ *-dec | vax-*)
+ os=-ultrix4.2
+ ;;
+ m68*-apollo)
+ os=-domain
+ ;;
+ i386-sun)
+ os=-sunos4.0.2
+ ;;
+ m68000-sun)
+ os=-sunos3
+ # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
+ # default.
+ # os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ m68*-cisco)
+ os=-aout
+ ;;
+ mips*-cisco)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ mips*-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ or32-*)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ sparc-* | *-sun)
+ os=-sunos4.1.1
+ ;;
+ *-be)
+ os=-beos
+ ;;
+ *-ibm)
+ os=-aix
+ ;;
+ *-knuth)
+ os=-mmixware
+ ;;
+ *-wec)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-winbond)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-oki)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-hp)
+ os=-hpux
+ ;;
+ *-hitachi)
+ os=-hiux
+ ;;
+ i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ *-cbm)
+ os=-amigaos
+ ;;
+ *-dg)
+ os=-dgux
+ ;;
+ *-dolphin)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ m68k-ccur)
+ os=-rtu
+ ;;
+ m88k-omron*)
+ os=-luna
+ ;;
+ *-next )
+ os=-nextstep
+ ;;
+ *-sequent)
+ os=-ptx
+ ;;
+ *-crds)
+ os=-unos
+ ;;
+ *-ns)
+ os=-genix
+ ;;
+ i370-*)
+ os=-mvs
+ ;;
+ *-next)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ *-gould)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ *-highlevel)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ *-encore)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ *-sgi)
+ os=-irix
+ ;;
+ *-siemens)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ *-masscomp)
+ os=-rtu
+ ;;
+ f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
+ os=-uxpv
+ ;;
+ *-rom68k)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-*bug)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-apple)
+ os=-macos
+ ;;
+ *-atari*)
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
+vendor=unknown
+case $basic_machine in
+ *-unknown)
+ case $os in
+ -riscix*)
+ vendor=acorn
+ ;;
+ -sunos*)
+ vendor=sun
+ ;;
+ -aix*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -beos*)
+ vendor=be
+ ;;
+ -hpux*)
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ -mpeix*)
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ -hiux*)
+ vendor=hitachi
+ ;;
+ -unos*)
+ vendor=crds
+ ;;
+ -dgux*)
+ vendor=dg
+ ;;
+ -luna*)
+ vendor=omron
+ ;;
+ -genix*)
+ vendor=ns
+ ;;
+ -mvs* | -opened*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -os400*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -ptx*)
+ vendor=sequent
+ ;;
+ -tpf*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
+ vendor=wrs
+ ;;
+ -aux*)
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+ -hms*)
+ vendor=hitachi
+ ;;
+ -mpw* | -macos*)
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+ vendor=atari
+ ;;
+ -vos*)
+ vendor=stratus
+ ;;
+ esac
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
+ ;;
+esac
+
+echo $basic_machine$os
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+#
+# configure.ad
+#
+# Author: Pekka Riikonen <priikone@silcnet.org>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 - 2005 Pekka Riikonen
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+
+AD_INIT
+AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(silcdefs.h)
+
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
+
+AC_PROG_LN_S
+AC_SUBST(LN_S)
+AC_PATH_PROG(sedpath, sed)
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_COMPILER
+# Put here any platform specific stuff
+#
+case "$target" in
+ *-*-freebsd*)
+ check_threads=true
+ ;;
+ *-*-*bsd*)
+ check_threads=false
+ ;;
+ *)
+ check_threads=true
+ ;;
+esac
+
+CFLAGS=
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_C_INLINE
+AC_C_CONST
+
+__SILC_HAVE_PTHREAD=""
+__SILC_HAVE_SIM=""
+__SILC_ENABLE_DEBUG=""
+
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+AC_DISABLE_SHARED
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+
+# Header checking
+#
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_HEADER_TIME
+AC_HEADER_STAT
+
+# More header checking
+#
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h string.h getopt.h errno.h fcntl.h assert.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/types.h sys/stat.h sys/time.h stddef.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(netinet/in.h netinet/tcp.h xti.h netdb.h sys/resource.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(pwd.h grp.h termcap.h paths.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(ncurses.h signal.h ctype.h utime.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(arpa/inet.h sys/mman.h limits.h termios.h locale.h langinfo.h)
+
+# Data type checking
+#
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+AC_TYPE_MODE_T
+AC_TYPE_UID_T
+AC_TYPE_PID_T
+
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long long, 0)
+AC_SUBST(SILC_SIZEOF_LONG_LONG, $ac_cv_sizeof_long_long)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long, 0)
+AC_SUBST(SILC_SIZEOF_LONG, $ac_cv_sizeof_long)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int, 0)
+AC_SUBST(SILC_SIZEOF_INT, $ac_cv_sizeof_int)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short, 0)
+AC_SUBST(SILC_SIZEOF_SHORT, $ac_cv_sizeof_short)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(char, 0)
+AC_SUBST(SILC_SIZEOF_CHAR, $ac_cv_sizeof_char)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(void *, 0)
+AC_SUBST(SILC_SIZEOF_VOID_P, $ac_cv_sizeof_void_p)
+
+# Function and library checking
+#
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, [],
+ [
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname, LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl")
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(res_gethostbyname, [],
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, res_gethostbyname, LIBS="$LIBS -lresolv")
+ )
+ ])
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(socket, [],
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket, LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket")
+)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostname gethostbyaddr getservbyname getservbyport)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(select listen bind shutdown close connect setsockopt)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(time ctime utime gettimeofday getrusage)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(chmod fcntl stat fstat getenv putenv strerror)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpid getgid getsid getpgid getpgrp getuid)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setgroups initgroups nl_langinfo)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strchr strstr strcpy strncpy memcpy memset memmove)
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SIM
+# SIM support checking
+# XXX These needs to be changed as more supported platforms appear.
+# XXX This probably needs to be made platform dependant check.
+#
+sim_support=false
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for SIM support)
+AC_MSG_RESULT()
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(dlfcn.h,
+ [
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen,
+ [
+ AC_DEFINE([SILC_SIM], [], [HAVE_SIM])
+ sim_support=true
+ LIBS="$LIBS -ldl"
+ ],
+ [
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(c, dlopen,
+ [
+ AC_DEFINE([SILC_SIM], [], [HAVE_SIM])
+ sim_support=true
+ ])
+ ])
+ ])
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SILC_SIM, test x$sim_support = xtrue)
+if test x$sim_support = xtrue; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Enabled SIM support.)
+ __SILC_HAVE_SIM="#define __SILC_HAVE_SIM 1"
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(No SIM support found.)
+fi
+#endif SILC_DIST_SIM
+
+# lib/contrib conditionals
+#
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(regex.h,
+ [
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_REGEX], [], [HAVE_REGEX])
+ have_regex=1
+ ], have_regex=0
+)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_REGEX, test x$have_regex = x1)
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(getopt_long,
+ [
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_GETOPT_LONG], [], [HAVE_GETOPT_LONG])
+ have_getopt_long=1
+ ], have_getopt_long=0
+)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_GETOPT_LONG, test x$have_getopt_long = x1)
+
+##
+## Enable/disable checking
+##
+
+# IPv6 support
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to enable IPv6 support)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
+ [ --enable-ipv6 enable IPv6 support],
+ [
+ case "${enableval}" in
+ yes)
+ want_ipv6=true
+ check_ipv6=false
+ summary_ipv6="yes"
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_IPV6], [], [HAVE_IPV6])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ want_ipv6=false
+ check_ipv6=false
+ summary_ipv6="no"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ],
+ check_ipv6=true
+ )
+
+if test x$check_ipv6 = xtrue; then
+ summary_ipv6="no"
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [
+ #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+ #include <sys/types.h>
+ #endif
+ #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_TCP_H
+ #include <netinet/tcp.h>
+ #endif
+ #ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
+ #include <netdb.h>
+ #endif
+ #include <sys/socket.h>
+ #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
+ #include <netinet/in.h>
+ #endif
+ ],
+ [
+ struct sockaddr_in6 sin6;
+ int family = AF_INET6;
+ ],
+ [
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_IPV6], [], [HAVE_IPV6])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ summary_ipv6="yes"
+ ],
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ )
+fi
+
+# Debug checking
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to enable debugging)
+summary_debug="no"
+__SILC_ENABLE_DEBUG=""
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
+ [ --enable-debug enable debugging],
+ [
+ case "${enableval}" in
+ yes)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ AC_DEFINE([SILC_DEBUG], [], [enable-debug])
+ summary_debug="yes"
+ __SILC_ENABLE_DEBUG="#define __SILC_ENABLE_DEBUG 1"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ ])
+
+# Disable all assembler optimizations
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to enable assembler optimizations)
+want_asm=true
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(asm,
+ [ --disable-asm do not use assembler optimizations],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ want_asm=false
+ ],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ want_asm=true
+ ])
+
+##
+## Compiler and compiler flag checks
+##
+
+# Function to check if compiler flag works
+# Usage: SILC_ADD_CFLAGS(FLAGS, [ACTION-IF-FAILED])
+AC_DEFUN([SILC_ADD_CFLAGS],
+[ tmp_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $1"
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether $CC accepts $1 flag)
+ AC_TRY_LINK([], [], [AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)], [AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ CFLAGS="$tmp_CFLAGS"
+ $2])
+ unset tmp_CFLAGS
+])
+
+if test "$GCC"; then
+ # GCC specific options
+ if test "x$summary_debug" = "xyes"; then
+ SILC_ADD_CFLAGS(-g -O)
+ else
+ SILC_ADD_CFLAGS(-g -O2)
+ fi
+ SILC_ADD_CFLAGS(-Wall -finline-functions)
+else
+ # Other compilers
+ case "$target" in
+ alpha*-dec-osf*)
+ SILC_ADD_CFLAGS(-g3 -O2, SILC_ADD_CFLAGS(-g3 -O, SILC_ADD_CFLAGS(-O)))
+ ;;
+ *)
+ SILC_ADD_CFLAGS(-g)
+ SILC_ADD_CFLAGS(-O2, SILC_ADD_CFLAGS(-O))
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Intel C++ Compiler needs -restrict
+ if test "x$CC" = "xicc"; then
+ SILC_ADD_CFLAGS(-restrict)
+ fi
+fi
+
+#
+# Workaround a bug in GCC 2.x which causes memory exhaustion
+# when compiling sha1 with optimizations on UltraSPARC.
+#
+FIX_SHA1='#'
+if test "$GCC" -a "$host_cpu" = "sparc64"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to enable GCC 2.x workaround for SHA1)
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [
+ #if defined(__sparc64__) && (__GNUC__ == 2)
+ #else
+ choke me
+ #endif
+ ],
+ [],
+ [
+ FIX_SHA1=''
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ ],
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ )
+fi
+AC_SUBST(FIX_SHA1)
+#endif SILC_DIST_COMPILER
+
+##
+## Installation
+##
+
+# Default installation destination
+#
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_AUTODIST
+AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr/local)
+#else !SILC_DIST_AUTODIST
+AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr/local/silc)
+#endif SILC_DIST_AUTODIST
+if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+ silc_prefix="$prefix"
+else
+ silc_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
+fi
+
+#ifndef SILC_DIST_AUTODIST
+# etc directory
+#
+if test "x$sysconfdir" != 'x${prefix}/etc'; then
+ ETCDIR="$sysconfdir"
+else
+ ETCDIR="$silc_prefix/etc"
+fi
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(etcdir,
+ [[ --with-etcdir=DIR directory for system files [/etc/silc]]],
+ [
+ case "$withval" in
+ no|yes)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ETCDIR="$withval"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ])
+AC_SUBST(ETCDIR)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SILC_ETCDIR], "$ETCDIR", [SILC_ETCDIR])
+
+# doc directory
+#
+DOCDIR="$silc_prefix/doc"
+AC_ARG_WITH(docdir,
+ [[ --with-docdir=DIR directory for SILC documentation [PREFIX/doc]]],
+ [
+ case "$withval" in
+ no|yes)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ DOCDIR="$withval"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ])
+AC_SUBST(DOCDIR)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SILC_DOCDIR], "$DOCDIR", [SILC_DOCDIR])
+#endif SILC_DIST_AUTODIST
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+# help directory
+#
+HELPDIR="$silc_prefix/help"
+AC_ARG_WITH(helpdir,
+ [[ --with-helpdir=DIR directory for SILC help files [PREFIX/help]]],
+ [
+ case "$withval" in
+ no|yes)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ HELPDIR="$withval"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ])
+AC_SUBST(HELPDIR)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SILC_HELPDIR], "$HELPDIR", [SILC_HELPDIR])
+#endif SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SIM
+# SIM modules directory
+#
+MODULESDIR="$silc_prefix/modules"
+AC_ARG_WITH(simdir,
+ [[ --with-simdir=DIR directory for SIM modules [PREFIX/modules]]],
+ [
+ case "$withval" in
+ no|yes)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ MODULESDIR="$withval"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ])
+AC_SUBST(MODULESDIR)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SILC_MODULESDIR], "$MODULESDIR", [SILC_MODULESDIR])
+#endif SILC_DIST_SIM
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SERVER
+# Logs directory
+#
+LOGSDIR="$silc_prefix/logs"
+AC_ARG_WITH(logsdir,
+ [[ --with-logsdir=DIR directory for SILC Server logs [PREFIX/logs]]],
+ [
+ case "$withval" in
+ no|yes)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ LOGSDIR="$withval"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ])
+AC_SUBST(LOGSDIR)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SILC_LOGSDIR], "$LOGSDIR", [SILC_LOGSDIR])
+
+# silcd config file checking
+#
+summary_silcd_configfile="/etc/silc/silcd.conf"
+AC_ARG_WITH(silcd-config-file,
+ [[ --with-silcd-config-file=FILE use FILE as default configuration file
+ for SILC Server [/etc/silc/silcd.conf]]],
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SILC_SERVER_CONFIG_FILE], "$withval", [SILC_SERVER_CONFIG_FILE])
+ summary_silcd_configfile="$withval"
+ )
+
+# silcd pid file checking
+#
+if test "x$localstatedir" != 'x${prefix}/var'; then
+ PIDFILE="$localstatedir/silcd.pid"
+else
+ PIDFILE="$silc_prefix/var/silcd.pid"
+fi
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(silcd-pid-file,
+ [[ --with-silcd-pid-file=FILE use FILE as default pid file for SILC
+ Server [/var/run/silcd.pid]]],
+ [
+ case "$withval" in
+ no|yes)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ PIDFILE="$withval"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ])
+AC_SUBST(PIDFILE)
+#endif SILC_DIST_SERVER
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_COMPILER
+##
+## With/without checkings
+##
+
+#
+# SILC library checking
+compile_libs=true
+
+#ifndef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(silc-includes,
+ [ --with-silc-includes=DIR SILC Toolkit includes [search in DIR]],
+ [ac_silc_includes="$withval"], [ac_silc_includes="no"])
+AC_ARG_WITH(silc-libs,
+ [ --with-silc-libs=DIR SILC Toolkit libraries [search in DIR]],
+ [ac_silc_libs="$withval"], [ac_silc_libs="no"])
+
+#
+# XXX missing checking the __SILC_WITH_XXX defines from the provided libs
+# in order to determine correct libs to link.
+
+#
+# XXX missing pkg-config check.
+
+if test "$ac_silc_includes" != "no"; then
+ compile_libs=false
+ SILC_LIB_INCLUDES="-I$ac_silc_includes"
+fi
+if test "$ac_silc_libs" != "no"; then
+ compile_libs=false
+ LIBS="$LIBS -L$ac_silc_libs"
+fi
+
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+
+
+# SOCKS4 support checking
+#
+SAVE_LIBS="$LIBS"
+SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+SAVE_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to support SOCKS4)
+AC_ARG_WITH(socks4,
+ [[ --with-socks4[=DIR] with SOCKS4 support [search in DIR/lib and DIR/include]]],
+ [
+ case "$withval" in
+ no)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ socks=4
+
+ if test -d "$withval/include"; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval/include"
+ fi
+ if test -d "$withval/lib"; then
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$withval/lib"
+ fi
+
+ LIBS="-lsocks $LIBS"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ AC_TRY_LINK([],
+ [
+ Rconnect();
+ ], [],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find SOCKS4 library.)
+ LIBS="$SAVE_LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$SAVE_LDFLAGS"
+ ])
+ ],
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ )
+
+# SOCKS5 support checking
+#
+SAVE_LIBS="$LIBS"
+SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+SAVE_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to support SOCKS5)
+AC_ARG_WITH(socks5,
+ [[ --with-socks5[=DIR] with SOCKS5 support [search in DIR/lib and DIR/include]]],
+ [
+ case "$withval" in
+ no)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ socks=5
+
+ if test -d "$withval/include"; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval/include"
+ fi
+ if test -d "$withval/lib"; then
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$withval/lib"
+ fi
+
+ LIBS="-lsocks5 $LIBS"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ AC_TRY_LINK([],
+ [
+ SOCKSconnect();
+ ], [],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find SOCKS5 library.)
+ LIBS="$SAVE_LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$SAVE_LDFLAGS"
+ ])
+ ],
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ )
+
+if test "x$socks" = "x4"; then
+ AC_DEFINE([SOCKS], [], [Socks])
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Dconnect=Rconnect -Dgetsockname=Rgetsockname -Dbind=Rbind -Daccept=Raccept -Dlisten=Rlisten -Dselect=Rselect"
+fi
+
+if test "x$socks" = "x5"; then
+ AC_DEFINE([SOCKS], [], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([SOCKS5], [], [Socks5])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rconnect], [SOCKSconnect], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rgetsockname], [SOCKSgetsockname], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rgetpeername], [SOCKSgetpeername], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rbind], [SOCKSbind], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Raccept], [SOCKSaccept], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rlisten], [SOCKSlisten], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rselect], [SOCKSselect], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rrecvfrom], [SOCKSrecvfrom], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rsendto], [SOCKSsendto], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rrecv], [SOCKSrecv], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rsend], [SOCKSsend], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rread], [SOCKSread], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rwrite], [SOCKSwrite], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rrresvport], [SOCKSrresvport], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rshutdown], [SOCKSshutdown], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rlisten], [SOCKSlisten], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rclose], [SOCKSclose], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rdup], [SOCKSdup], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rdup2], [SOCKSdup2], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rfclose], [SOCKSfclose], [Socks])
+ AC_DEFINE([Rgethostbyname], [SOCKSgethostbyname], [Socks])
+fi
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_MATH
+# MP library checking. First check whether user wants to use GMP and use
+# it if found. If not or not defined then compile the MPI library in the
+# source tree.
+#
+mp_gmp=false
+SAVE_LIBS="$LIBS"
+SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+SAVE_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to search for GMP)
+AC_ARG_WITH(gmp,
+ [[ --with-gmp[=DIR] use GMP instead of MPI [search in DIR/lib and DIR/include]]],
+ [
+ case "$withval" in
+ no)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+
+ if test -d "$withval/include"; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval/include"
+ fi
+ if test -d "$withval/lib"; then
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$withval/lib"
+ fi
+
+ LIBS="-lgmp $LIBS"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, __gmpz_init,
+ [
+ mp_gmp=true
+ AC_DEFINE([SILC_MP_GMP], [], [GMP])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Using GMP as a MP library.)
+ ],
+ [
+ LIBS="$SAVE_LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$SAVE_LDFLAGS"
+ ])
+ ],
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ )
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SILC_MP_GMP, test x$mp_gmp = xtrue)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SILC_MP_NSS_MPI, test x$mp_gmp = xfalse)
+if test x$mp_gmp = xfalse; then
+ AC_DEFINE([SILC_MP_NSS_MPI], [], [MPI])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Using NSS MPI as a MP library.)
+fi
+#endif SILC_DIST_MATH
+
+# iconv support
+#
+check_iconv=true
+has_iconv=false
+SAVE_LIBS="$LIBS"
+SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+SAVE_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+SAVE_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to implicit search for libiconv)
+AC_ARG_WITH(iconv,
+ [[ --with-iconv[=DIR] use libiconv [search in DIR/include and DIR/lib]]],
+ [
+ case "${withval}" in
+ no)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(iconv.h,
+ [
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(iconv, has_iconv=true)
+ ])
+ check_iconv=false
+ ;;
+ *)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ if test -d $withval/include; then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$withval/include"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval/include"
+ fi
+ if test -d $withval/lib; then
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$withval/lib"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(iconv.h,
+ [
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(iconv,
+ [
+ has_iconv=true
+ check_iconv=false
+ ])
+ ])
+ ])
+
+if test x$check_iconv = xtrue; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Searching for iconv...)
+
+ # XXX
+ unset ac_cv_header__iconv_h_ ac_cv_header_iconv_h || true
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(iconv.h,
+ [
+ LIBS="$LIBS -liconv"
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for iconv in -liconv)
+ AC_TRY_LINK(
+ [
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+ #include <iconv.h>
+ ],
+ [
+ iconv_t cd = iconv_open("", "");
+ iconv(cd, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);
+ ],
+ [
+ echo "yes"
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ICONV], [], [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
+ has_iconv=true
+ check_iconv=false
+ ],
+ [
+ echo "no"
+ LIBS="$SAVE_LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$SAVE_LDFLAGS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$SAVE_CPPFLAGS"
+ ])
+ ])
+fi
+
+if test x$check_iconv = xtrue; then
+ # search for iconv library..
+ SAVE_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ SAVE_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+ SAVE_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+
+ for dir in `echo "/usr/local /usr/pkg /usr/contrib"`; do
+ if test x$has_iconv = xfalse; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(searching in $dir...)
+
+ if test -d $dir/include; then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$dir/include"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$dir/include"
+ fi
+ if test -d $dir/lib; then
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$dir/lib"
+ fi
+
+ # XXX
+ unset ac_cv_header__iconv_h_ ac_cv_header_iconv_h || true
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(iconv.h,
+ [
+ LIBS="$LIBS -liconv"
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for iconv in -liconv)
+ AC_TRY_LINK(
+ [
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+ #include <iconv.h>
+ ],
+ [
+ iconv_t cd = iconv_open("", "");
+ iconv(cd, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);
+ ],
+ [
+ echo "yes"
+ has_iconv=true
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ICONV], [], [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
+ ],
+ [
+ echo "no"
+ has_iconv=false
+
+ LIBS="$SAVE_LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$SAVE_LDFLAGS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$SAVE_CPPFLAGS"
+ ])
+ ],
+ [
+ CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$SAVE_LDFLAGS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$SAVE_CPPFLAGS"
+ ])
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+if test x$has_iconv = xtrue; then
+ # (1) Some implementations of iconv won't convert from UTF-8 to UTF-8.
+ # (2) In glibc-2.1.2 and earlier there is a bug that messes up ob and
+ # obl when args 2 and 3 are 0 (fixed in glibc-2.1.3).
+ #
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether this iconv is good enough], ac_iconv_good,
+ AC_TRY_RUN(
+ [
+ #include <iconv.h>
+ int main() {
+ iconv_t cd;
+ changequote(, )dnl
+ char buf[4];
+ changequote([, ])dnl
+ char *ob;
+ size_t obl;
+ ob = buf, obl = sizeof(buf);
+ return ((cd = iconv_open("UTF-8", "UTF-8")) != (iconv_t)(-1) &&
+ (iconv(cd, 0, 0, &ob, &obl) ||
+ !(ob == buf && obl == sizeof(buf)) ||
+ iconv_close(cd)));
+ }
+ ],
+ [
+ ac_iconv_good=yes
+ ],
+ [
+ ac_iconv_good=no
+ ],
+ [
+ ac_iconv_good=yes
+ ])
+ )
+
+ if test x$ac_iconv_good = xno; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Try using libiconv instead.)
+ fi
+fi
+
+# POSIX threads support
+#
+has_threads=false
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to search for POSIX threads)
+AC_ARG_WITH(pthreads,
+ [[ --with-pthreads[=DIR] use POSIX threads [search in DIR/include and DIR/lib]]],
+ [
+ case "${withval}" in
+ no)
+ check_threads=false
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if test -d $withval/include; then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$withval/include"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval/include"
+ fi
+ if test -d $withval/lib; then
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$withval/lib"
+ fi
+
+ check_threads=true
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ])
+
+if test x$check_threads = xtrue; then
+ SAVE_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ SAVE_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+ SAVE_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(pthread.h,
+ [
+ LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread"
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_attr_init, has_threads=true,
+ [
+ # FreeBSD
+ case "${target}" in
+ *-*-freebsd*)
+ LIBS="$SAVE_LIBS -pthread"
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_attr_init, has_threads=true, LIBS="$SAVE_LIBS")
+ ;;
+ *)
+ LIBS="$SAVE_LIBS"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ])
+ ],
+ [
+ # search for pthread library..
+ for dir in `echo "/usr/local /usr/pkg /usr/contrib /usr/pkg/pthreads /usr/local/pthreads"`; do
+ if test x$has_threads = xfalse; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(searching in $dir...)
+
+ if test -d $dir/include; then
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$dir/include"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$dir/include"
+ fi
+ if test -d $dir/lib; then
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$dir/lib"
+ fi
+
+ # XXX
+ unset ac_cv_header__pthread_h_ ac_cv_header_pthread_h || true
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(pthread.h,
+ [
+ LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread"
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_attr_init, has_threads=true,
+ [
+ has_threads=false
+
+ LIBS="$SAVE_LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$SAVE_LDFLAGS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$SAVE_CPPFLAGS"
+ ])
+ ],
+ [
+ CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$SAVE_LDFLAGS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$SAVE_CPPFLAGS"
+ ])
+ fi
+ done
+ ])
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ has_threads=false
+fi
+
+__SILC_HAVE_PTHREAD=""
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SILC_THREADS, test x$has_threads = xtrue)
+if test x$has_threads = xtrue; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_REENTRANT"
+
+ # XXX possibly incomplete
+ case "${target}" in
+ *-*-aix*)
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_THREAD_SAFE"
+ if test x"$GCC" = xyes; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mthreads"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *-*-freebsd*)
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_THREAD_SAFE"
+ ;;
+ *-*-sysv5uw7*) # UnixWare 7
+ if test "$GCC" != "yes"; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Kthread"
+ else
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *-dg-dgux*) # DG/UX
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_POSIX4A_DRAFT10_SOURCE"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(pthread_create)
+ AC_DEFINE([SILC_HAVE_PTHREAD], [], [HAVE_PTHREAD])
+ AC_DEFINE([SILC_THREADS], [], [HAVE_THREAD])
+ __SILC_HAVE_PTHREAD="#define __SILC_HAVE_PTHREAD 1"
+fi
+
+# Native WIN32 compilation under cygwin
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to compile native WIN32 code)
+AC_ARG_WITH(win32,
+ [ --with-win32 compile native WIN32 (MinGW) code (-mno-cygwin)],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ AC_DEFINE([SILC_WIN32], [], [SILC_WIN32])
+ win32_support=true
+ CFLAGS="-mno-cygwin $CFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS -lwsock32"
+ ],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ ])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SILC_WIN32, test x$win32_support = xtrue)
+
+# Native EPOC support (disabled by default)
+#
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SILC_EPOC, test xfalse = xtrue)
+
+# Native BeOS support (disabled by default)
+#
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SILC_BEOS, test xfalse = xtrue)
+
+# Native OS2 support (disabled by default)
+#
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SILC_OS2, test xfalse = xtrue)
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+
+# --without-irssi
+#
+without_irssi=false
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to compile Irssi SILC Client)
+AC_ARG_WITH(irssi,
+ [ --without-irssi compile without Irssi SILC Client],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ without_irssi=true
+ ],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ ])
+
+# --without-silcd
+#
+without_silcd=false
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to compile SILC Server)
+AC_ARG_WITH(silcd,
+ [ --without-silcd compile without SILC Server],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ without_silcd=true
+ ],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ ])
+
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+# Irssi perl support
+#
+AC_ARG_WITH(perl,
+ [[ --with-perl[=yes|no|module] Build with Perl support - also specifies
+ if it should be built into main silc binary
+ (static, default) or as a module]])
+#endif SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+
+libtoolfix=true
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to do libtoolfix)
+AC_ARG_WITH(libtoolfix,
+ [ --without-libtoolfix Do not fix libtool, for package builders],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ libtoolfix=false
+ ],
+ [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ ])
+
+AC_SUBST(ETCDIR)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SILC_ETCDIR], "$ETCDIR", [SILC_ETCDIR])
+
+#endif SILC_DIST_COMPILER
+
+##
+## Misc
+##
+
+# Other configure scripts
+#
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+if test x$without_irssi = xfalse; then
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+ AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS(irssi)
+ irssi="yes"
+#endif SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+fi
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+
+SILC_TOP_SRCDIR=`pwd`
+
+# Included configure scripts
+AD_INCLUDE_CONFIGURE
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_COMPILER
+#
+# Substitutions
+#
+AC_SUBST(SILC_TOP_SRCDIR)
+AC_SUBST(LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(SILC_LIB_INCLUDES)
+AC_SUBST(__SILC_HAVE_PTHREAD)
+AC_SUBST(__SILC_HAVE_SIM)
+AC_SUBST(__SILC_ENABLE_DEBUG)
+
+#
+# Fix the libtool to support run-time configuration. This allows us
+# to in run-time specify when to compile shared/static libraries without
+# need to reconfigure the entire libtool.
+#
+if test x$libtoolfix = xtrue; then
+ ./libtoolfix $SILC_TOP_SRCDIR/ltmain.sh
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SILC_LIBTOOLFIX, test x$libtoolfix = xtrue)
+
+INCLUDE_DEFINES_INT="include \$(top_srcdir)/Makefile.defines_int"
+AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_DEFINES_INT)
+
+#endif SILC_DIST_COMPILER
+
+#
+# Makefile outputs
+#
+AC_CONFIG_FILES(
+Makefile
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_DOC
+doc/Makefile
+#endif SILC_DIST_DOC
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_COMPILER
+Makefile.defines
+Makefile.defines_int
+includes/Makefile
+includes/silcversion.h
+includes/silcincludes.h
+#endif SILC_DIST_COMPILER
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_APPS
+apps/Makefile
+#endif SILC_DIST_APPS
+)
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+if test x$without_irssi = xfalse ; then
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+ AC_CONFIG_FILES(
+irssi/Makefile.defines
+irssi/Makefile.defines_int
+)
+#endif SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+fi
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+if test x$without_silcd = xfalse ; then
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SERVER
+ AC_CONFIG_FILES(
+silcd/Makefile
+doc/example_silcd.conf
+)
+#endif SILC_DIST_SERVER
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+fi
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+AC_CONFIG_FILES(
+silc/Makefile
+win32/Makefile
+win32/libsilc/Makefile
+win32/libsilcclient/Makefile
+tutorial/Makefile
+tutorial/Makefile.defines
+tutorial/Makefile.defines_int
+)
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+
+AC_OUTPUT
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_COMPILER
+s_bindir=`eval echo $bindir`;s_bindir=`eval echo $s_bindir`
+s_sbindir=`eval echo $sbindir`;s_sbindir=`eval echo $s_sbindir`
+s_mandir=`eval echo $mandir`;s_mandir=`eval echo $s_mandir`
+s_includedir=`eval echo $includedir`;s_includedir=`eval echo $s_includedir`
+
+echo ""
+echo "$PACKAGE Configuration Summary:"
+echo "---------------------------"
+echo " Target host ...................: $target"
+echo " Compiler ......................: $CC"
+echo " CFLAGS ........................: $CFLAGS"
+echo " CPPFLAGS ......................: $CPPFLAGS"
+echo " LDFLAGS .......................: $LDFLAGS"
+echo " LIBS ..........................: $LIBS"
+echo ""
+echo " Installation prefix ...........: $prefix"
+echo " bin directory .................: $s_bindir"
+echo " sbin directory ................: $s_sbindir"
+echo " etc directory .................: $ETCDIR"
+echo " man directory .................: $s_mandir"
+echo " doc directory .................: $DOCDIR"
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+echo " help directory ................: $HELPDIR"
+#endif SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SERVER
+echo " logs directory ................: $LOGSDIR"
+#endif SILC_DIST_SERVER
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SIM
+echo " SIM directory .................: $MODULESDIR"
+#endif SILC_DIST_SIM
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_INCLUDES
+echo " include directory .............: $s_includedir"
+#endif SILC_DIST_INCLUDES
+echo ""
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SERVER
+silcd="yes"
+#endif SILC_DIST_SERVER
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+if test x$without_irssi = xtrue; then
+ irssi="no"
+fi
+if test x$without_silcd = xtrue; then
+ silcd="no"
+fi
+#endif SILC_DIST_TOOLKIT
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+echo " Compile SILC Client ...........: $irssi"
+#endif SILC_DIST_CLIENT
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SERVER
+echo " Compile SILC Server ...........: $silcd"
+echo " Server configuration file .....: $summary_silcd_configfile"
+echo " Server PID file ...............: $PIDFILE"
+#endif SILC_DIST_SERVER
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_SIM
+if test x$sim_support = xfalse; then
+ sim_support="no"
+else
+ sim_support="yes"
+fi
+echo " SIM support ...................: $sim_support"
+#endif SILC_DIST_SIM
+
+echo " IPv6 support ..................: $summary_ipv6"
+
+if test x$has_iconv = xfalse; then
+ iconv_support="no"
+else
+ iconv_support="yes"
+fi
+echo " Iconv support .................: $iconv_support"
+
+if test x$want_asm = xfalse; then
+ summary_asm="no"
+else
+ summary_asm="yes"
+fi
+echo " Assembler optimizations .......: $summary_asm"
+
+#ifdef SILC_DIST_MATH
+mp="MPI"
+if test x$mp_gmp = xtrue; then
+ mp="GMP"
+fi
+echo " Arithmetic library ............: $mp"
+#endif SILC_DIST_MATH
+
+threads="no"
+if test x$has_threads = xtrue; then
+ threads="yes"
+fi
+echo " Multi-threads support .........: $threads"
+echo " Debugging enabled .............: $summary_debug"
+echo ""
+echo "Compile the sources with 'make' or 'gmake' command."
+#endif SILC_DIST_COMPILER
+
--- /dev/null
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+ 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
+NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
--- /dev/null
+ All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the conditions listed in the
+ COPYING file are met.
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+\f
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+ parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+\f
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+\f
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+\f
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+\f
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
--- /dev/null
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
--- /dev/null
+name SILC Autodist
+package autodist
+bug-report autodist-bugs@silcnet.org
+
+license apps/autodist/COPYING
+license-header distdir/GPL-header distdir/BSD-header
+
+define SILC_DIST_AUTODIST
+define SILC_DIST_APPS
+
+include apps/autodist/INSTALL INSTALL
+include apps/autodist/AUTHORS AUTHORS
+include apps/autodist/README README
+exclude apps/autodist/INSTALL apps/autodist/AUTHORS apps/autodist/README
+exclude TODO README.* ltmain.sh
+
+noprocess apps/autodist/doc apps/autodist/tests
+
--- /dev/null
+# Autodist configuration file
+
+# By default distdef prefix is '_DIST_'. To add your own prefix set the
+# prefix here. NOTE: Remember to change all 'define' directives in
+# distributions to use the new prefix if you change it. Example:
+#
+# DISTPREFIX="SILC"
+#
+# Will set the distdef prefix as 'SILC_DIST_'.
+#
+DISTPREFIX="SILC"
+
+# The distdef header will be created by the Autodist. It need to be included
+# in the source code in order for the preprocessor to respect distdef
+# conditionals in source code. Example:
+#
+# DISTDEFS="include/distdefs.h"
+#
+DISTDEFS="includes/silcdistdefs.h"
+
+# Location of the aclocal tool. If this is omitted the Autodist will not
+# run aclocal. User need to run it manually then.
+#
+ACLOCAL="aclocal"
+
+# Location of the autoheader tool. If this is omitted the Autodist will not
+# run autoheader. User need to run it manually then.
+#
+AUTOHEADER="autoheader"
+
+# Location of the autoconf tool. If this is omitted the Autodist will not
+# run autoconf. User need to run it manually then.
+#
+AUTOCONF="autoconf"
+
+# Location of the automake tool. If this is omitted the Autodist will not
+# run automake. User need to run it manually then.
+#
+AUTOMAKE="automake"
+
+# Location of the libtoolize tool. This option should be omitted if your
+# source tree does not use libtool.
+#
+LIBTOOLIZE="libtoolize --automake --copy"
+
+# Location of the make program. This must be specified in order to be
+# able to create distributions.
+#
+MAKE="make"
--- /dev/null
+# Default distribution
+#
+# NOTE: By default, this distribution cannot be packaged. Take away the
+# 'no-dist option if you whish to use this as a normal distribution.
+#
+# If you add new distributions into distdir/ inherit them here.
+#
+option no-dist
+
+# Default distribution for preparing raw CVS sources.
+inherit common
+inherit client
+inherit server
+inherit toolkit
+define SILC_DIST_INPLACE
+pre-hook distdir/pre-run
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+
+distribution=$1
+dist_version=$2
+package=$3
+distdir=$4
+
+if test -f $distdir.tar.gz; then
+ md5sum $distdir.tar.gz > $distdir.tar.gz.md5
+fi
+if test -f $distdir.tar.bz2; then
+ md5sum $distdir.tar.bz2 > $distdir.tar.bz2.md5
+fi
+
--- /dev/null
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+ case $1 in
+ -c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -d) dir_arg=true
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ *) if [ x"$src" = x ]
+ then
+ src=$1
+ else
+ # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+ :
+ dst=$1
+ fi
+ shift
+ continue;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+ echo "install: no input file specified"
+ exit 1
+else
+ :
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+ dst=$src
+ src=""
+
+ if [ -d $dst ]; then
+ instcmd=:
+ chmodcmd=""
+ else
+ instcmd=$mkdirprog
+ fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+ if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ]
+ then
+ :
+ else
+ echo "install: $src does not exist"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+ then
+ echo "install: no destination specified"
+ exit 1
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+ if [ -d $dst ]
+ then
+ dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='
+ '
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+ pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+ shift
+
+ if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+ then
+ $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+
+ pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+ $doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+ if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else : ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+ if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
+ then
+ dstfile=`basename $dst`
+ else
+ dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
+ sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+ fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+ if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
+ then
+ dstfile=`basename $dst`
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+ dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+ $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+ trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+ if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+ if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+ if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+ if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+ $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+ $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+run=:
+
+# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
+# srcdir already.
+if test -f configure.ac; then
+ configure_ac=configure.ac
+else
+ configure_ac=configure.in
+fi
+
+case "$1" in
+--run)
+ # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
+ run=
+ shift
+ "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
+# try to emulate it.
+case "$1" in
+
+ -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+ echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
+error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+
+Options:
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ -v, --version output version information and exit
+ --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+ aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
+ autoconf touch file \`configure'
+ autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
+ automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
+ bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+ flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ help2man touch the output file
+ lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ makeinfo touch the output file
+ tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
+ yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]"
+ ;;
+
+ -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+ echo "missing 0.4 - GNU automake"
+ ;;
+
+ -*)
+ echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+ aclocal*)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
+ to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
+ any GNU archive site."
+ touch aclocal.m4
+ ;;
+
+ autoconf)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the
+ \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
+ archive site."
+ touch configure
+ ;;
+
+ autoheader)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
+ to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
+ from any GNU archive site."
+ files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
+ test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
+ touch_files=
+ for f in $files; do
+ case "$f" in
+ *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
+ sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
+ *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
+ esac
+ done
+ touch $touch_files
+ ;;
+
+ automake*)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
+ You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
+ Grab them from any GNU archive site."
+ find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
+ sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
+ while read f; do touch "$f"; done
+ ;;
+
+ autom4te)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
+ system. You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them.
+ You can get \`$1Help2man' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
+ archive site."
+
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ if test -f "$file"; then
+ touch $file
+ else
+ test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+ echo "#! /bin/sh"
+ echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
+ echo "# $ $@"
+ echo "exit 0"
+ chmod +x $file
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ bison|yacc)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
+ if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case "$LASTARG" in
+ *.y)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
+ if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
+ fi
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
+ if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
+ echo >y.tab.h
+ fi
+ if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ lex|flex)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f lex.yy.c
+ if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case "$LASTARG" in
+ *.l)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
+ if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ help2man)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
+ \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
+ effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
+
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ if test -z "$file"; then
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ fi
+ if [ -f "$file" ]; then
+ touch $file
+ else
+ test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+ echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ makeinfo)
+ if test -z "$run" && (makeinfo --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have makeinfo, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
+ indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
+ call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
+ DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
+ the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ if test -z "$file"; then
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
+ file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
+ fi
+ touch $file
+ ;;
+
+ tar)
+ shift
+ if test -n "$run"; then
+ echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
+ # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
+ # messages.
+ if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gnutar "$@" && exit 0
+ fi
+ if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gtar "$@" && exit 0
+ fi
+ firstarg="$1"
+ if shift; then
+ case "$firstarg" in
+ *o*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
+ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case "$firstarg" in
+ *h*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
+ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
+ You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
+ command line arguments."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
+ system. You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
+ it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
+ this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
+ some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
projects / autodist.git / commitdiff